ABS Guide For The Certification of Drilling Systems 2012

Guide for the Classification of Drilling Systems
GUIDE FOR THE
CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS
SEPTEMBER 2012
American Bureau of Shipping Incorporated by Act of Legislature of the State of New York 1862
Copyright 2012 American Bureau of Shipping ABS Plaza 16855 Northchase Drive Houston, TX 77060 USA
Foreword
Foreword (1 September 2012)

This Guide has been revised to assist the industry with Classification of Drilling Systems. This revision supersedes the March 2011 ABS Guide for the Classification of Drilling Systems. This Guide becomes effective as of 1 September 2012. The Guide describes criteria to be used for drilling systems, which are to be approved by the American Bureau of Shipping (ABS), and it is built upon requirements of the recognized codes and standards, as referenced in this Guide. The Guide contains the following nine (9) main sections and five (5) appendices: Section 1 Section 2 Section 3 Section 4 Section 5 Section 6 Section 7 Section 8 Section 9 Appendix 1 Appendix 2 Appendix 3 Appendix 4 Appendix 5 Scope and Condition of Classification Design of Drilling Systems Drilling Systems Scope of Drilling System and Equipment Approval Drilling System Piping Materials for Drilling Systems and Equipment Welding and Nondestructive Examination Surveys at Vendors Plant During Installation and Commissioning Surveys After Construction and Maintenance of Class Typical Codes and Standards Related to ABS Classification of Drilling Systems Example of Manufacturers Affidavit of Compliance Example of Independent Review Certificate Example of Certificate of Conformity Example of Maintenance Release Note
This Guide is to be used in conjunction with other applicable ABS Rules and Guides, codes and standards as referenced therein, and applicable national regulations. ABS Classification continues to provide the offshore industry with a pathway toward agreement by Regulatory Authorities. However, the Owner/Operators specific request for compliance with applicable requirements of Flag or Coastal State Authorities affecting the drilling systems is to be filed as an addendum to the Request for Classification. The following changes to the Guide were incorporated into the September 2012 CDS Guide:
General
None Editorial changes. New reference, definitions, and acronyms added. Editorial changes. Provided Risk Assessment for Drilling System Added submittal requirements for conductor tensioning system/unit.
Section 1
Section 2
ii
ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012
Section 3
Revised accumulator hydraulic capacity requirements for subsea and surface BOP stack. Modified shearing capacity requirements calculations, testing, etc. Revised choke and kill systems requirements, and their control system requirements. Added design requirements for: Kill Unit Riser Recoil System Conductor Tensioning System Personnel Baskets Gears and Couplings
Clarifications provided for Control Systems. Clarified and modified Table 1 of Section 4. Provided Revalidation Date requirements for IRC. Allowance of PDAs. Allowance of limited use of ABS Type Approval Program for selected equipment. Clarified the requirements for Flexible Lines/Hydraulic Hoses to consider different service categories. Clarified the requirements for Thread Joints and Connections and Socket Welds. Clarified the requirements for Fire Resistance. Provided requirements for Primary Product Form. Revised toughness requirements for structural load-bearing equipment and components. Provide guidance on structural galvanizing process. Clarified requirements for welding and NDE. Provided guidance on delayed NDE. Clarified drawwork testing requirements. Editorial changes. Added requirements for Drilling Equipment Maintenance Plans (DEMP). Added requirements for prefabrication or kick-off meeting. Added Unscheduled Survey and Alternatives to Periodic Survey Additional codes and standards.
Section 4
Section 5
Section 6
Section 7
Section 8 Section 9
Appendix 1
iii
Appendix 2
Updated the contents to provide additional parameters for Appendix 2 Example of Manufacturers Affidavit of Compliance Provided Revalidation Date for IRC. None Added example of Survey Report (SR). None
Appendix 3
Appendix 4 Appendix 5 Appendix 6
iv
Table of Contents
GUIDE FOR THE
CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS

CONTENTS
SECTION 1 Scope and Conditions of Classification ............................................... 1 1 Classification ....................................................................................... 1
1.1 1.3 1.5 1.7 Process ........................................................................................... 1 Certificates and Reports .................................................................. 1 Representations as to Classification ............................................... 2 Scope of Classification .................................................................... 2 Termination of Classification and Notice of Surveys ....................... 3 Suspension of Class ........................................................................ 3 Lifting of Suspension ....................................................................... 3 Cancellation of Class ....................................................................... 4 ABS Class Notation ......................................................................... 4 Systems Not Built Under Survey ..................................................... 4 Applications ..................................................................................... 4 Effective Date of Change of Requirement ....................................... 5 Scope .............................................................................................. 5 Alternatives...................................................................................... 6 Risk Assessment ............................................................................. 7 International and Other Regulations ................................................ 7 Governmental Regulations .............................................................. 8
Suspension and Cancellation of Class ............................................... 3

3.1 3.3 3.5 3.7
Class Notation ..................................................................................... 4

5.1 5.3
Rules for Classification ....................................................................... 4

7.1 7.3 7.5 7.7 7.9
Other Regulations ............................................................................... 7

9.1 9.3
11 13 15
IACS Audit .......................................................................................... 8 Submission of Plans ........................................................................... 8 Conditions for Survey After Construction............................................ 8
15.1 15.3 Damage, Failure and Repair ........................................................... 8 Notification and Availability for Survey............................................. 9
17 19 21
Units .................................................................................................. 10 Fees .................................................................................................. 10 Disagreement .................................................................................... 10

21.1 21.3 Rules and Guides .......................................................................... 10 Surveyor ........................................................................................ 10
23 25 27 29
Limitation of Liability.......................................................................... 10 References ........................................................................................ 10 Definitions ......................................................................................... 11 Acronyms and Abbreviations ............................................................ 21
SECTION 2
Design of Drilling Systems .................................................................. 23 1 Design of Drilling System ..................................................................23

1.1 1.3 1.5 1.7 1.9 1.11 General .......................................................................................... 23 Equipment Layout .......................................................................... 23 Overpressurization Protection ....................................................... 24 Materials ........................................................................................ 24 Welding and Nondestructive Examination ..................................... 24 Platforms and Railings ................................................................... 24
3 5
Design Specifications........................................................................ 24 Design Considerations ...................................................................... 25

5.1 5.3 5.5 5.7 5.9 5.11 Recognized Standards .................................................................. 25 Alternative Basis of Design ............................................................ 25 Corrosion/Erosion Allowance ......................................................... 25 Design Conditions.......................................................................... 26 Risk Assessments for Drilling System ........................................... 26 FMEA/FMECA Validation Program ................................................ 27 General Arrangement for Drilling System ...................................... 28 Well Control Systems and Equipment ........................................... 29 Marine Drilling Riser Systems ........................................................ 33 Conductor Tensioning System/Unit ............................................... 35 Drill String Compensation Systems ............................................... 35 Bulk Storage, Transfer, Conditioning, and Circulation Systems .... 36 Hoisting, Lifting, Tubular Handling Systems .................................. 37 Mechanical Load-Bearing Equipment ............................................ 41 Well Testing System ...................................................................... 41 Electrical Systems and Equipment ................................................ 43 Control Systems ............................................................................ 43 Pressure-Retaining Equipment ...................................................... 44 Piping Systems and Piping Components ....................................... 44 Flexible Lines/Hydraulic Hoses ...................................................... 45 Manufacturing Specifications ......................................................... 45
Design Plans and Data .....................................................................28

7.1 7.3 7.5 7.6 7.7 7.9 7.11 7.13 7.15 7.17 7.19 7.21 7.23 7.25 7.27
SECTION 3
Drilling Systems ................................................................................... 47 1 General ............................................................................................. 47 3 Well Control System ......................................................................... 48

3.1 3.3 3.5 3.7 3.9 3.11 Blowout Preventer System and Equipment ................................... 48 Lower Marine Riser Package (LMRP) ........................................... 53 Choke and Kill Systems and Equipment ........................................ 54 Diverter System and Equipment .................................................... 60 Marine Drilling Riser Systems ........................................................ 61 Auxiliary Well Control Equipment................................................... 61 ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012
vi
Marine Drilling Riser System............................................................. 62

5.1 5.3 5.5 5.7 Riser Tensioning System and Equipment ..................................... 62 Marine Drilling Riser Operating Envelope...................................... 63 Technical Requirements ................................................................ 64 Design Documentation .................................................................. 65 Conductor Tensioning System Equipment .................................... 66 Control Systems for Conductor Tensioning System ...................... 66 Drill String Compensation Equipment ............................................ 66 Bulk Storage and Transfer Equipment .......................................... 67 Cementing System and Equipment ............................................... 68 Mud Return System and Equipment .............................................. 68 Well Circulation System and Equipment........................................ 68 Derricks/Masts ............................................................................... 70 Hoisting Equipment ....................................................................... 73 Lifting Equipment ........................................................................... 76 Handling Equipment ...................................................................... 81 Rotary Equipment .......................................................................... 83 Miscellaneous Equipment.............................................................. 83 Well Test System and Equipment ................................................. 84 Burner/Flare Booms ...................................................................... 85 Hydrocarbon Disposal Facilities .................................................... 85 Surface Safety Systems ................................................................ 85 Classified Areas ............................................................................ 86 Operational Procedures................................................................. 86 Control Systems ............................................................................ 86 Control Systems for Well Control Equipment ................................ 87 Electrical Control Systems and Computer-Based Systems ........... 88 Safety Systems Equipment ........................................................ 89 Pressure Vessels .......................................................................... 89 Hydraulic Cylinders ....................................................................... 90
Conductor Tensioning System .......................................................... 66

6.1 6.3
7 9
Drill String Compensation System .................................................... 66

7.1 9.1 9.3 9.5 9.7
Bulk Storage, Circulation and Transfer Systems .............................. 67
11
Hoisting, Lifting, Rotating and Handling Systems ............................. 70

11.1 11.3 11.5 11.7 11.9 11.11
13
Well Test System .............................................................................. 84

13.1 13.3 13.5 13.7 13.9 13.11
15
Control Systems ................................................................................ 86

15.1 15.3 15.5 15.7
17
Pressure-Retaining Equipment ......................................................... 89

17.1 17.3
19 21
Electrical Systems and Equipment ................................................... 90 Rotating Machinery ........................................................................... 90

21.1 21.3 21.5 Internal Combustion Engines ........................................................ 90 Rotating Electrical Machinery ........................................................ 91 Gears and Couplings ..................................................................... 91 Skid Structures .............................................................................. 92 Drip Pans....................................................................................... 92
23
Skid Mounted Equipment .................................................................. 91

23.1 23.3
vii
SECTION 4
Scope of Drilling System and Equipment Approval .......................... 93 1 General ............................................................................................. 93 3 Approval Process .............................................................................. 93
3.1 3.3 3.5 3.7 3.9 Design Review ............................................................................... 94 ABS Survey ................................................................................... 95 Issuance of Certificates and Reports ............................................. 96 Individual Equipment Approval: Non-Class Installation.................. 97 Vendor Coordination Program ....................................................... 97
TABLE 1
Approval Codes for Drilling Systems and Equipment ............. 98
SECTION 5
Drilling System Piping ....................................................................... 122 1 General ........................................................................................... 122 3 Design Criteria ................................................................................122
3.1 3.3 3.5 3.7 Piping Systems and Components ................................................ 122 Fittings and Valves ...................................................................... 123 Piping Joints and Connections .................................................... 123 Flexible Lines/Hydraulic Hoses .................................................... 125 Toughness ................................................................................... 127 Composite Materials .................................................................... 127
Materials.......................................................................................... 127
5.1 5.3
Welding and NDE ...........................................................................127
SECTION 6
Materials for Drilling Systems and Equipment ................................ 128 1 General ........................................................................................... 128
1.1 1.3 1.5 1.7 Material Categories...................................................................... 128 Material Properties....................................................................... 128 Corrosion Sour Service ............................................................. 128 Bolts and Nuts ............................................................................. 128 Toughness ................................................................................... 129 Galvanizing .................................................................................. 130 Toughness ................................................................................... 131
Materials for Structural Load-Bearing Components ....................... 129

3.1 3.3
5 7
Materials for Mechanical Load-Bearing Components ..................... 131

5.1
Materials for Pressure-Retaining Equipment and Piping Components .................................................................................... 132

7.1 Toughness ................................................................................... 132 Welding ........................................................................................ 133 Forming ....................................................................................... 133 General ........................................................................................ 133 Rolled Products ........................................................................... 133 Forgings ....................................................................................... 134 Castings ....................................................................................... 134
Fabrication Considerations ............................................................. 133

9.1 9.3
11
Primary Product Form .....................................................................133

11.1 11.3 11.5 11.7
viii
13
Sealing Materials ............................................................................ 134

13.1 13.3 Elastomeric Sealants ................................................................... 134 Ring Joint Gaskets ...................................................................... 134 Materials ...................................................................................... 134 Traceability .................................................................................. 135
15
Materials and Traceability ............................................................... 134

15.1 15.3
SECTION 7
Welding and Nondestructive Examination ....................................... 136 1 General ........................................................................................... 136

1.1 1.3 Welding ....................................................................................... 136 Nondestructive Examination (NDE) ............................................. 136 Welding Procedure Specification ................................................. 137 NDE Procedures ......................................................................... 137
Specifications .................................................................................. 136

3.1 3.3
5 7 9 11
Welder/Welding Operator Qualification .......................................... 137 Qualification of Nondestructive Technicians ................................... 137 Post Weld Heat Treatment.............................................................. 137 Nondestructive Examination ........................................................... 138
11.1 11.3 11.5 Extent of Examination for Materials and Welds ........................... 138 Inspection for Delayed (Hydrogen-Induced) Cracking ................. 138 Methods and Acceptance Criteria ............................................... 139
13
Record Retention ............................................................................ 140
SECTION 8
Surveys at Vendors Plant, During Installation and Commissioning .................................................................................. 141 1 General ........................................................................................... 141 3 Surveys at Manufacture and During Assembly............................... 141
3.1 3.3 3.5 3.7 3.9 3.11 3.13 Testing of Well Control Equipment and BOPs ............................ 142 Testing of Marine Drilling Riser System and Associated Components ................................................................................ 143 Testing of Drill String Compensation System .............................. 143 Testing of Bulk Storage, Circulating and Transfer Systems ........ 143 Testing of Hoisting, Lifting, Rotating, and Handling Systems ...... 143 Testing of Well Test Equipment ................................................... 143 Testing of Skid Structures ........................................................... 144 Testing of Base-mounted Winches and Other Lifting Appliances ................................................................................... 146 Testing of Burner/Flare Boom ..................................................... 147
Onboard Surveys During Installation .............................................. 144

5.1 5.3
Commissioning Surveys of the Drilling Systems ............................ 147
SECTION 9
Surveys After Construction and Maintenance of Class .................. 149 1 General ........................................................................................... 149
1.1 1.3 Survey Intervals ........................................................................... 149 Drilling Equipment Maintenance Plans (DEMP) and Maintenance Records ................................................................. 149
ix
3 5
Surveys Onshore and Issuance of Maintenance Release Notes ............................................................................................... 150 Survey of Drilling Systems .............................................................. 151
5.1 5.3 5.5 Annual Surveys ........................................................................... 151 Special Periodical Surveys .......................................................... 152 Unscheduled Survey.................................................................... 152 Continuous Survey Program ........................................................ 153 Survey Based on Preventative Maintenance Techniques ............ 153 Surveys Using Risk-based Techniques ....................................... 153
Alternatives to Periodical Survey .................................................... 153

7.1 7.3 7.5
Modifications, Damage and Repairs ...............................................153
APPENDIX 1 Typical Codes and Standards Related to ABS Classification of Drilling Systems ................................................................................. 154 API ...............................................................................................................154 ASME ...........................................................................................................156 ASNT............................................................................................................156 ASTM ...........................................................................................................156 AWS .............................................................................................................156 BCSA ...........................................................................................................156 EN ................................................................................................................157 IEC ...............................................................................................................157 IEEE .............................................................................................................157 ISO ...............................................................................................................157 NACE ...........................................................................................................157 NFPA............................................................................................................157 SAE ..............................................................................................................157 APPENDIX 2 Example of Manufacturers Affidavit of Compliance (MAC) ........... 158 APPENDIX 3 Example of Independent Review Certificate (IRC) ........................... 160 APPENDIX 4 Example of Certificate of Conformity (CoC) ..................................... 163 APPENDIX 5 Example of Survey Report (SR) ........................................................ 165 APPENDIX 6 Example Maintenance Release Note (MRN) ..................................... 167
Section 1: Scope and Conditions of Classification
SECTION
Scope and Conditions of Classification
Classification
The requirements for conditions of Classification for entire drilling units and offshore structures are contained in the ABS Rules for Conditions of Classification Offshore Units and Structures (Part 1). Additional requirements specific to a drilling system, its subsystems, equipment or components are contained in this Guide.
1.1
Process The term Classification, as used herein, indicates that drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components have been designed, constructed, installed, and surveyed in compliance with this Guide, in conjunction with other applicable ABS Rules and Guides, codes and standards as referenced therein, and applicable national regulations. The continuance of Classification is dependent on the fulfillment of requirements for surveys after construction.
The Classification process consists of: a) b) c) d) The development of Rules, Guides, standards and other criteria for the design, construction, installation and maintenance of drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components; The review of the design and survey during and after construction to verify compliance with such Rules, Guides, standards or other criteria; The assignment and registration of Class when such compliance has been verified, and; The issuance of a renewable Classification certificate, with annual endorsements, valid for five (5) years.
The Rules, Guides and standards are, in general, developed by the International Association of Classification Societies and ABS staff and passed upon by committees made up of naval architects, ocean and marine engineers, shipbuilders, engine builders, steel makers, process engineers and by other technical, operating and scientific personnel associated with the worldwide maritime industry. Theoretical research and development, established engineering disciplines, as well as satisfactory service experience are utilized in their development and promulgation. ABS and its committees can act only upon such theoretical and practical considerations in developing Rules and standards. ABS Surveyors apply normally accepted examination and testing standards to those items specified for each survey by the Rules; construction/manufacturing procedures, safety procedures and construction supervision remain the responsibility of the shipyard, the offshore unit or structures repairer, manufacturer, Owner/Operator or other client. For Classification, the drilling system, subsystems, equipment, and/or components are to comply with the requirements of this Guide, in conjunction with all other applicable ABS Rules and Guides, codes and standards as referenced therein.
1.3
Certificates and Reports Plan review and surveys during and after construction are conducted by ABS to verify to itself and its committees that a drilling system, subsystem, equipment or component is in compliance with this Guide and to the satisfaction of the attending ABS Surveyor. All reports and certificates are issued solely for the use of ABS, its committees, its clients and other authorized entities.
ABS will release information from reports and certificates to the cognizant authorities (e.g., Coastal State or Flag State) to assist in rectification of deficiencies during any intervention by the authorities. Such information includes text of conditions of Classification, survey due dates and certificate expiration dates. The Owner/Operator will be advised of any request and/or release of information.
Section
ABS will release certain information to the offshore unit or structures underwriters for underwriting purposes. Such information includes text of overdue conditions of Classification, survey due dates and certificate expiration dates. The Owner/Operator will be advised of any request and/or release of information. In the case of overdue conditions of Classification, the Owner/Operator will be given the opportunity to verify the accuracy of the information prior to release. ABS may release offshore unit or structure-specific information related to the Classification and statutory certification status. This information may be published on the ABS website or by other media and may include the offshore unit or structure classification, any operating restrictions noted in the ABS Record, the names, dates and locations of all surveys performed by ABS, the expiration date of all Class and statutory certificates issued by ABS, survey due dates, the text of conditions of Classification (also known as outstanding recommendations), transfers, suspensions, withdrawals, cancellations and reinstatements of Class, and other related information as may be required.
1.5
Representations as to Classification (1 September 2012) Classification is a representation by ABS as to the compliance with applicable requirements of the Rules, Guides and standards. The Rules, Guides, and standards of the American Bureau of Shipping are not meant as a substitute for the independent judgment of professional designers, naval architects, marine engineers, owners, operators, masters and crew, nor as a substitute for the quality control procedures of ship and platform builders, engine builders, steel makers, suppliers, manufacturers and sellers of marine vessels, materials, system components, machinery or equipment. ABS, being a technical society, can only act through Surveyors or others who are believed by it to be skilled and competent.
ABS represents solely to the drilling system Owner/Operator or other client of ABS that when assigning Class, it will use due diligence in the development of Rules, Guides and standards, and in using normally applied testing standards, procedures and techniques as called for by the Rules, Guides, standards or other criteria of ABS for the purpose of assigning and maintaining Class. ABS further represents to the Owner/Operator or other client of ABS that its certificates and reports evidence compliance only with one or more of the Rules, Guides, standards or other criteria of ABS, in accordance with the terms of such certificate or report. Under no circumstances whatsoever are these representations to be deemed to relate to any third party. The user of this document is responsible for ensuring compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and other governmental directives and orders related to a vessel, its machinery and equipment, or their operation. Nothing contained in any Rule, Guide, standard, certificate or report issued by ABS shall be deemed to relieve any other entity of its duty or responsibility to comply with all applicable laws, including those related to the environment.
1.7
Scope of Classification Nothing contained in any certificate or report is to be deemed to relieve any designer, builder, owner, manufacturer, seller, supplier, repairer, operator, other entity or person of any warranty, express or implied. Any certificate or report evidences compliance only with one or more of the Rules, Guides, standards or other criteria of the American Bureau of Shipping, and is issued solely for the use of ABS, its committees, its clients or other authorized entities.
Nothing contained in any certificate, report, plan or document review or approval is to be deemed to be in any way a representation or statement beyond those contained in 1/1.5. ABS is not an insurer or guarantor of the integrity or safety of a drilling system, subsystem, equipment or component. The validity, applicability and interpretation of any certificate, report, plan or document review or approval are governed by the Rules, Guides and standards of the American Bureau of Shipping, who shall remain the sole judge thereof. ABS is not responsible for the consequences arising from the use by other parties of the Rules, Guides, standards or other criteria of the American Bureau of Shipping, without review, plan approval and survey by ABS. The term approved is to be interpreted to mean that the plans, reports or documents have been reviewed for compliance with one or more of the Rules, Guides, standards or other criteria of ABS. This Guide is published with the understanding that responsibility for shutting down drilling operations, beyond the limit specified in the drilling system design basis, does not rest upon the Committee.
Section
3
3.1
Suspension and Cancellation of Class

Termination of Classification and Notice of Surveys (1 September 2012) The continuance of the Classification of the drilling system, subsystem, equipment, and/or component is conditional upon the Guide requirements for periodical, damage and other surveys being duly carried out. The Committee reserves the right to reconsider, withhold, suspend or cancel the Class of any drilling system, subsystems, equipment, and/or components for noncompliance with the Rules, for defects reported by the Surveyors which have not been rectified in accordance with their recommendations or for nonpayment of fees which are due on account of Classification. Suspension or cancellation of Class may take effect immediately or after a specified period of time.
It is the responsibility of the Owner/Operator to ensure that all surveys necessary for the maintenance of Class are carried out at the proper time. ABS will notify an Owner/Operator of upcoming surveys and outstanding recommendations. This may be done by means of a letter or other communication. The nonreceipt of such notice, however, does not absolve the Owner/Operator from his responsibility to comply with survey requirements for maintenance of Class.
3.3
Suspension of Class Class will be suspended and the Certificate of Classification will become invalid from the date of any use, operation or other application of any drilling system, subsystems, equipment, and/or components for which it has not been approved and which affects or may affect Classification or the structural integrity, quality or fitness for a particular use or service.
Class will be suspended and the Certificate of Classification will become invalid in any of the following circumstances affecting the drilling system: i) ii) iii) If Continuous Survey items which are due or overdue at the time of Annual Survey are not completed and no extension has been granted, If the Periodical Surveys required for maintenance of Class, other than Annual or Special Periodical Surveys, are not carried out by the due date and no Rule-allowed extension has been granted, or If any damage, failure or deterioration repair has not been completed as recommended.
Class will be subject to a suspension procedure if recommendations issued by the Surveyor are not carried out and/or completed by their due dates and no extension has been granted. Class may be suspended, in which case the Certificate of Classification will become invalid, if proposed repairs, as referred to in 1/15.1, have not been submitted to ABS and agreed upon prior to commencement. Class is automatically suspended and the Certificate of Classification is invalid in any of the following circumstances: i) ii) If the Annual Survey is not completed by the date which is three (3) months after the due date, If the Special Periodical Survey is not completed by the due date, unless the drilling system is under attendance for completion prior to resuming operation. Under exceptional circumstances, consideration may be given for an extension of the Special Survey, provided the drilling system is attended and the attending Surveyor so recommends. Such an extension shall not exceed three (3) months.
3.5
Lifting of Suspension Class will be reinstated after suspension for overdue surveys upon satisfactory completion of the overdue surveys. Such surveys will be credited as of the original due date. Class will be reinstated after suspension for overdue recommendations upon satisfactory completion of the overdue recommendation. Class will be reinstated after suspension for overdue continuous survey items upon satisfactory completion of the overdue items.
Section
3.7
Cancellation of Class If the circumstances leading to suspension of Class are not corrected within the time specified, Class will be cancelled.
Class is cancelled immediately when drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components are operated without having completed recommendations which were required to be dealt with before the drilling system was brought back into service. When Class has been suspended for a period of three (3) months due to overdue Annual, Special or other periodical surveys required for maintenance of Class; overdue Continuous Survey items; or overdue outstanding recommendations, the CDS Notation will be canceled. A longer suspension period may be granted for drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components which are either laid up, awaiting disposition of a casualty or under attendance for reinstatement.
5
5.1
Class Notation
ABS Class Notation (1 September 2012) Drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components that have been built, installed and commissioned to the satisfaction of the Surveyors to the full requirements of this Guide, where approved by the Committee for service for the specified design environmental conditions, may be classed and distinguished in the ABS Record by the notation CDS. Systems Not Built Under Survey (1 September 2012) The symbol (Maltese-Cross) signifies that the drilling system, subsystems, equipment, and/or components were built, installed and commissioned to the satisfaction of the Surveyors. Drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components that have not been built under ABS survey, but which are submitted for Classification, will be subjected to special consideration. Where found satisfactory and thereafter approved by the Committee, they may be classed and distinguished in the Record by the notation described above, but the symbol signifying survey during construction will be omitted.
5.3
7
7.1
Rules for Classification

Applications This Guide contains provisions for the Classification of offshore drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components that are used for hydrocarbon well drilling, completion, workover, and/or well testing or supporting such activities on mobile offshore drilling units (MODUs), offshore installations, tendering vessels, and other structures that are classed by ABS. This Guide is intended for use in conjunction with the latest edition of the following or other applicable ABS Rules and Guides:
ABS Rules for Building and Classing Mobile Offshore Drilling Units (MODU Rules) ABS Guide for Building and Classing Mobile Offshore Units (MOU Guide) ABS Rules for Building and Classing Offshore Installations (Offshore Installations/FOI Rules) ABS Guide for Building and Classing Floating Production Installations (FPI Guide) ABS Rules for Building and Classing Steel Vessels (Steel Vessel Rules) ABS Rules for Building and Classing Facilities on Offshore Installations (Facilities Rules)
If specifically requested by the Owner/Operator, this Guide can also be used as a basis for acceptance or certification under the requirements of other Administrations. An Owner/Operator who requires a drilling system to be evaluated for compliance with other national regulations should contact ABS. If specifically requested by the manufacturers, Owner/Operator, or designers, ABS can provide approval of individual equipment or component associated with drilling systems or subsystems in accordance with the requirements of this Guide (see 4/3.7), and where the installation unit may not be classed with ABS.
Section
7.3
Effective Date of Change of Requirement

7.3.1 Effective Date This Guide and subsequent changes to this Guide are to become effective on the date specified by ABS. In general, the effective date is not less than six months from the date on which the Guide is published and released for its use. However, ABS may bring into force the Guide or individual changes before that date, if necessary or as appropriate. Implementation of Rule Changes (1 September 2012) In general, until the effective date, plan approval for designs will follow prior practice, unless review under the latest Guide is specifically requested by the party signatory to the application for Classification.
7.3.2
Where design of drillings systems, subsystems, equipment or components comply with the requirements of this Guide at the time of approval and/or construction, no retroactive application of later requirement changes to such drilling systems, subsystems, equipment or components will be required unless considered necessary or appropriate.
7.5
Scope (1 September 2012) This Guide covers the aspects of drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components used in connection with hydrocarbon well drilling, completion, workover, and well testing operations.
Compliance with this Guide is required for the drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components mentioned in Section 3, Drilling Systems, and typical listing in Section 4, Table 1. The drilling system includes, but is not limited to, the following: Well Control System Blowout Preventer (BOP) System and Equipment Lower Marine Riser Package (LMRP) Choke and Kill System Diverter System Auxiliary Well Control Equipment Riser Tensioning System Riser Recoil System Riser Joints Connectors Riser Handling Tools
Marine Drilling Riser System and Associated Components
Conductor Tensioning Unit and Associated Equipment/Components Drill String Compensation System Bulk Storage, Circulating and Transfer Systems Hoisting, Lifting, Rotating and Handling (BOP, Tubulars) Systems Derrick, Derrick Support Structures Drawwork, Rotary Table Well Test System Burner Booms Internal Combustion Engines Driving Drilling Machine Pressure Vessels Associated with Drilling and Well Control, Tensioning, and Fluid Storage
5
Section
Compressors for Drilling-Related Functions High Pressure Piping, Flexible Lines, and Hydraulic Hoses Choke and Kill Mud and Cement Rotary and Vibratory Hoses
Fire Detection, Gas Detection, and Fire Protection Systems Control Systems for Well Control, Drilling Support and Support Systems Emergency Shutdown Systems Electrical Systems and Equipment All Lifting Devices for Drilling and Drilling Support Operations Miscellaneous Drilling Support Systems
7.7
Alternatives
7.7.1 General (1 September 2012) The Committee is ready to consider alternative arrangements and designs which can be shown, through either satisfactory service experience or a systematic analysis based on sound engineering principles, to meet the overall safety, serviceability and design standards of the applicable Rules and Guides. National Standards i) The Committee will consider special arrangements or design of drilling systems and their equipment which can be shown to comply with standards recognized in the country provided that the proposed standards are not less effective.
7.7.2
ii)
When alternate standards are proposed, comparative analyses are to be provided to demonstrate equivalent level of safety to the recognized standards as listed in this Guide and to be performed in accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide.
7.7.3
Novel Features Drilling systems which contain novel features of design to which the provisions of this Guide are not directly applicable may be classed, when approved by the Committee, on the basis that this Guide, insofar as applicable, has been complied with and that special consideration has been given to the novel features, based on the best information available at that time. Justifications of the novel features can be accomplished by applying 1/7.7 of this Guide. Risk Evaluations for Alternative Arrangements and Novel Features i) (1 September 2012) Risk evaluations for the justification of alternative arrangements or novel features may be applicable either to the drilling system as a whole, or to individual systems, subsystems, equipment or components. See 1/7.9 of this Guide.
7.7.4
ii)
ABS will consider the application of risk evaluations for alternative arrangements and novel features in the design of the drilling system, subsystems, equipment or components, verification surveys during construction, and surveys for maintenance of Class. When applied, risk assessment techniques are to demonstrate that alternative arrangements and/or novel features provide acceptable levels of safety in line with current offshore and marine industry practice. The ABS Guidance Notes on Review and Approval of Novel Concepts, ABS Guidance Notes on Risk Assessment Applications for the Marine and Offshore Oil and Gas Industries, and ABS Guide for Risk Evaluations for the Classification of Marine-Related Facilities provide guidance to ABS clients on how to prepare a risk evaluation to demonstrate equivalency or acceptability for a proposed drilling system design.
iii)
iv)
Section
v)
Portions of the drilling system or any of its subsystems, equipment or components not explicitly included in the risk evaluation submitted to ABS are to comply with any applicable part of the ABS Rules and Guides. If any proposed alternative arrangement or novel feature affects any applicable requirements of Flag and Coastal State, it is the responsibility of the Owner/Operator to discuss with the applicable authorities the acceptance of alternatives based on risk evaluations.
vi)
7.9
Risk Assessment Risk assessment may be used to demonstrate that alternatives and novel features provide acceptable levels of safety in line with current offshore and marine industry practice.
i) When this optional risk assessment is applied at the specific request of the designer or manufacturer, all hazards that may affect the drilling system or any of its subsystems, equipment or components are to be identified. (1 September 2012) A systematic process is to be applied to identify situations where a combination or sequence of events could lead to undesirable consequences (property damage, personnel safety and environmental damage), with consideration given to all reasonably foreseeable causes. The objective of the hazard identification is to identify areas of the design that may require the implementation of further risk control options in order to reduce the risk to an acceptable level. The hazard identifications are to consider, as a minimum, the following events: v) vi) Release of H2S, CO2, etc. Hydrocarbon Release (Liquid or Gas) Blowout Fire and Explosion Loss of Purge Air Structural Failure Mechanical Failure Electrical Failure Loss/Failure of Mooring Loss/Failure of Station Keeping Loss of Stability Impact to Equipment Dropped Objects Collision Helicopter Crash Extreme Environment
ii)
iii) iv)
The identified risk control options (prevention and mitigation measures) deemed necessary to be implemented are to be considered part of the design basis of the drilling system. Appendix 4 in the ABS Guide for Risk Evaluations for the Classification of Marine-Related Facilities contains a description of the most common hazard identification techniques. Also, Appendix 2 in the same Guide provides an overview of how to assemble an appropriate risk assessment team. When the risk assessment technique is considered, ABS participation in the hazard identification meeting(s) is recommended. Tangible benefits can be derived by the participation of an ABS representative who will later be directly involved in reviewing the designs for ABS Classification.
vii)
9
9.1
Other Regulations
International and Other Regulations i) While this Guide covers the requirements for the Classification of drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components, the attention of Owner/Operator, designers and builders is directed to the regulations of international, governmental and other authorities dealing with those requirements in addition to or over and above the Classification requirements.
ii) Where authorized by the Administration of a country signatory thereto and upon request of the Owner/ Operator of a classed drilling system or one intended to be classed, ABS will survey for compliance with the provisions of International and Governmental Conventions and Codes, as applicable.
7
Section
9.3
Governmental Regulations Where authorized by a government agency and upon request of the Owner/Operator of a new or existing drilling system, ABS will survey and certify a classed drilling system or one intended to be classed for compliance with particular regulations of that government on their behalf.
11
IACS Audit
The International Association of Classification Societies (IACS) conducts audits of processes followed by all of its member societies to assess the degree of compliance with the IACS Quality System Certification Scheme requirements. For this purpose, auditors for IACS may accompany ABS personnel at any stage of the Classification or statutory work, which may necessitate the auditors having access to the drilling system, subsystems, equipment, and/or components or access to the premises of the builder or manufacturer. In such instances, prior authorization for the auditors access will be sought by the local ABS office.
13
Submission of Plans
Typical documentation that is required to be submitted for drilling system, subsystems, equipment, and/or components for the ABS Classification process is provided in Subsection 2/7 of this Guide. i) Section 4 provides the ABS approval process for drilling systems, subsystem, equipment, and/or components. Subsequently, Section 4, Table 1 identifies the typical drilling system, subsystems, equipment, and/or components that are part of the ABS Classification process. Drilling system, subsystem, equipment and/or component-related drawings, calculations and documentation are required to be submitted to ABS by entities as listed in Subsection 2/7 of this Guide to substantiate that the design of the systems, subsystems, equipment and/or components are in compliance with this Guide, and applicable codes or standards, as listed in this Guide. Upon satisfactory completion of ABS review of design plans and data, ABS Engineers will issue an ABS approval letter and an Independent Review Certificate (IRC), as specified in Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide. This letter or certificate, in conjunction with ABS-approved documentation, will be used and referenced during surveys. Subsequently, the ABS Surveyor will issue appropriate survey reports. (1 September 2012) Upon satisfactory completion of all of the required engineering design review and survey processes (inspection, testing, installation and commissioning), ABS may issue the Classification Certificate to the operating unit, including the Class notation CDS (abbreviation for Classed Drilling System).
ii)
iii)
iv)
15
15.1
Conditions for Survey After Construction

Damage, Failure and Repair
15.1.1 Examination and Repair i) Damage, failure, deterioration or repair to the drilling system, subsystems, equipment, and/or components which affects Classification is to be submitted by the Owner/Operator or their representatives for examination by the Surveyor at the first opportunity.
ii)
All repairs found necessary by the Surveyor are to be carried out to the Surveyors satisfaction.
15.1.2 Repairs i) Where repairs to the drilling system, subsystems, equipment, and/or components which may affect Classification are planned in advance to be carried out, a complete repair procedure including the extent of the proposed repair and the need for Surveyors attendance is to be submitted to and agreed upon by the Surveyor reasonably in advance.
ii)
Failure to notify ABS in advance of the repairs may result in suspension of the drilling systems Classification until such time as the repair is redone or evidence is submitted to satisfy the Surveyor that the repair was properly carried out.
Section
15.1.3 Representation Nothing contained in this section or in a Rule or regulation of any government or other administration, or the issuance of any report or certificate pursuant to this section or such a Rule or regulation, is to be deemed to enlarge upon the representations expressed in 1/1.1 through 1/1.7 hereof, and the issuance and use of any such reports or certificates are to be governed in all respects by 1/1.1 through 1/1.7 hereof. 15.1.4 Temporary Installation, Maintenance, Modification, Repair or Replacements 15.1.4(a) Temporary Installation
i) ii) iii)
ABS is to be notified of the Owner/Operators intention to install temporary equipment that can affect the safety or intended functioning of the classed drilling system. The installation of temporary equipment is to be no less effective than permanent drilling system equipment. ABS reserves the right to approve such equipment and is to be advised of temporary installations. When the subsystems, equipment, and/or components of the drilling system are subject to annual maintenance or inspections due to repairs by qualified personnel on the drilling unit or by an authorized company/manufacturer offshore or onshore, ABS is to be notified for survey of the subsystems, equipment, and/or components preferably before it is placed into service (see Subsection 9/3). These surveys will be carried out in accordance with API requirements or other recognized codes/standards referenced in this Guide and are to be considered part of ABSs Annual Survey for Drilling Systems.
15.1.4(b) Maintenance i)
ii)
15.1.4(c) Modification. Where a major modification or replacement is made to subsystems, equipment, and/or components that are part of a classed drilling system, ABS is to be notified and the applicable requirements of this Guide are to be met. 15.1.4(d) Repair or Replacement. When any subsystems, equipment, and/or component of the drilling system is replaced, modified, repaired or has undergone maintenance which may affect Classification, relevant documents are to be included in a drilling system log for Surveyors verification during periodical surveys.
15.3
Notification and Availability for Survey The Surveyors are to have access to classed drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components at all reasonable times.
i) For the purpose of Surveyor monitoring, the attending Surveyors are also to have access to classed drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components at all reasonable times. Such access may include attendance at the same time as the assigned Surveyor or during a subsequent visit without the assigned Surveyor. The Owner/Operator or their representatives are to notify the Surveyors for inspection on occasions when the units on which the drilling systems are installed are in dry dock or on a slipway. The Surveyors are to undertake all surveys on classed drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components upon request, with adequate notification, of the Owner/Operator or their representatives, and are to report thereon to the Committee. Should the Surveyors find occasion during any survey to recommend repairs or further examination, notification is to be given immediately to the Owner/Operator or their representatives so that appropriate action may be taken. The Surveyors are to avail themselves of every convenient opportunity for carrying out periodical surveys in conjunction with surveys of damages and repairs in order to avoid duplication of work.
ii) iii)
iv)
v)
Section
17
Units (1 September 2012)

This Guide is written in two systems of units, viz., SI/MKS units, and US customary units. Each system is to be used independently of any other system. Unless indicated otherwise, the format of presentation of the two systems of units in this Guide is as follows: SI/MKS units (US customary units)
19
Fees
Fees in accordance with normal ABS practice will be charged for all services rendered by ABS. Expenses incurred by ABS in connection with these services will be charged in addition to the fees. Fees and expenses will be billed to the party requesting that particular service.
21
21.1
Disagreement
Rules and Guides Any disagreement regarding either the proper interpretation of Rules and Guides or the translation of Rules and Guides from the English language edition is to be referred to ABS for resolution. Surveyor In case of disagreement between the Owner/Operator or builders and the Surveyors regarding the material, workmanship, extent of repairs or application of the Rules and Guides relating to any system classed or proposed to be classed by ABS, an appeal may be made in writing to the Committee, who will order a special survey to be held. Should the opinion of the Surveyor be confirmed, expense of this special survey is to be paid by the party appealing.
21.3
23
Limitation of Liability
The combined liability of the American Bureau of Shipping, its committees, officers, employees, agents or subcontractors for any loss, claim or damage arising from its negligent performance or nonperformance of any of its services or from breach of any implied or express warranty of workmanlike performance in connection with those services, or from any other reason, to any person, corporation, partnership, business entity, sovereign, country or nation, will be limited to the greater of a) $100,000 or b) an amount equal to ten times the sum actually paid for the services alleged to be deficient. The limitation of liability may be increased, up to an amount twenty-five times the sum paid for services, upon receipt of Clients written request at or before the time of performance of services, and upon payment by Client of an additional fee of $10.00 for every $1,000.00 increase in the limitation.
25
References (1 September 2012)

In addition to the ABS Rules and Guides as listed in 1/7.1, the additional requirements of the following Guides, codes, or standards are referenced in this Guide: ABS Guidance Notes on Review and Approval of Novel Concepts (Novel Concepts Guide) ABS Guide for Risk Evaluations for the Classification of Marine-Related Facilities ABS Guidance Notes on Risk Assessment Applications for the Marine and Offshore Oil and Gas Industries ABS Guide for Well Test Systems ABS Guide for Certification of Lifting Appliances (Lifting Appliances Guide) ABS Guide for Surveys Using Risk-Based Inspections for the Offshore Industry (RBI Guide) ABS Guide for Surveys Based on Reliability-Centered Maintenance (RCM Guide) ABS Guide for Nondestructive Inspection of Hull Welds (NDE Guide)
10
Section
ABS Guidance Notes for the Application of Ergonomics to Marine Systems AGMA American Gear Manufacturers Association AISC American Institute of Steel Construction ANSI American National Standards Institute API American Petroleum Institute ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASNT American Society for Nondestructive Testing ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials AWS American Welding Society BCSA British Constructional Steelwork Association EN European Norm IEC International Electrotechnical Commission IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers IACS International Association of Classification Societies ISO International Organization for Standardization NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association NFPA National Fluids Power Association SAE Society of Automotive Engineers SPE Society of Petroleum Engineers UL Underwriters Laboratory
ABS is prepared to consider other recognized codes, standards, alternative design methodology and industry practice, on a case-by-case basis, with justifications as indicated in 1/7.7 of this Guide.
27
Definitions (1 September 2012)

The following definitions are provided to clarify the use of certain terms in the context of this Guide: Accumulator: A pressure vessel charged with high pressure air or nitrogen gas and used to store hydraulic energy under pressure. Acoustic Control Systems: Acoustic signal transmission may be used as an emergency backup means for controlling critical BOP stack functions, such as pipe ram preventers, shear ram preventer and marine drilling riser connector including LMRP. The acoustic control system includes a surface electronics package, acoustic pod transponder, subsea electronic package and a subsea electro-hydraulic package. Acoustic Pod Transponder: Device which receives acoustic signals from the surface and provides command signals to the subsea BOP control system. Actuator: A mechanism for the remote or automatic operation of a valve or choke. Annular Blowout Preventer: A device typically installed above the ram preventers used to control wellhead pressure. A reinforced rubber packing element is compressed by hydraulic pressure to actuate the device to seal. A standard annular BOP will shut off annular pressure, open-hole pressure and afford stripping of tubing/drill pipe while containing well pressure.
11
Section
Autoshear System: A system that is designed to automatically shut-in the wellbore in the event of a disconnect of the LMRP. When the autoshear is armed, disconnect of the LMRP closes the shear ram on BOP stack. Auxiliary Line: A conduit (excluding choke and kill lines) attached to the outside of the drilling riser main tube (e.g., hydraulic supply line, buoyancy control line, mud boost line). Backpressure (Casing Pressure, Choke Pressure): The pressure existing at the surface on the casing side of the drill string/annulus flow system. Backup: An element or system that is intended to be used only in the event that the primary element or system is nonfunctional. Blind Rams: See Rams Blind-shear Rams: See Rams Blowout: An uncontrolled flow of well fluids/gas and/or formation fluids/gas from the wellbore to the surface or into lower pressured subsurface zones (underground blowout). Blowout Preventer (BOP): The equipment installed at the wellhead to prevent the escape of fluids under pressure either in the annular space between the casing and drill pipe or in an open hole during drilling and completion operations. Blowout Preventer (BOP) Handling Crane: Gantry-type crane used to move BOP from storage location to BOP transporter/skidder location. Blowout Preventer (BOP) Operating and Control System: System of pumps, valves, accumulators, fluid storage and mixing equipment, manifold, piping, hoses, control panels and other items necessary to hydraulically operate the BOP equipment. Blowout Preventer (BOP) Assembly: The complete assembly of BOP stack, frame, accumulators, pods, valves, piping, connectors, jumpers, control systems, ROV interface panels, control piping, etc. Blowout Preventer (BOP) Seafixing: Mechanism to maintain BOP stack in secured position on drilling unit. Blowout Preventer (BOP) Stack: The complete assembly of well control equipment including preventers, spools, valves, and nipples connected to the top of the casinghead. Blowout Preventer (BOP) Stack Frame: Steel frame to which the lower stack is mounted for handling and mating with LMRP. Also serves as a support structure to mount various subsea equipment, such as subsea accumulators and control pods. Blowout Preventer (BOP) Transporter/Skidder: Skidding mechanism to position the BOP for deployment, retrieval or storage. Buffer Tank: A targeted, horizontal or vertical, cylindrical tank that changes the direction of fluid flow downstream of the choke and serves as a flow director to the flare line, gas buster or mud-gas separator. Bulk Storage: Tanks that are designed for storage of bulk materials for drilling fluid and cement mixing (barite, bentonite, cement, etc.). Buoyancy Equipment: Devices added to riser joints to reduce their apparent weight, thereby reducing riser top tension requirements. Burner Boom: Boom which extends over the deck edge to flare hydrocarbon from kick circulation or well test operations. Casinghead/Spool: The part of the wellhead to which the BOP connector is connected. Casing Stabbing Board: Folding platform located in the derrick which positions the stabbing hand (pipe stabber) while running casing. Catastrophic Release: Major hydrocarbon release that results from uncontrolled developments and that may lead to serious danger to personnel, asset, and environment. Catwalk Ramp (Riser Skate): Conveyer transport system used to move riser sections, drill pipes, casing or tool joints from the lower deck storage to the drill floor.
12
Section
Cementing Manifold: Used to direct high pressure cement through the cement standpipe. Cement Pump: High pressure positive-displacement-type pump used for cementing operations, often connected to the kill line for emergency kill operations, usually smaller capacity than mud pump. Choke: A device with either a fixed or variable orifice used to control the rate of flow of liquids and/or gas. Chokes are also used to control the rate of the flow of drilling mud out of the hole when the well is closed in with the blowout preventer and a kick is being circulated out of the hole. Choke Line: The high-pressure piping (flexible lines, rigid piping, valves, connectors, fittings, etc.) between the mud pumps and BOP outlets or wellhead outlets. Choke Line Valve: The valve(s) connected to and a part of the BOP stack that allows fluids flow to the choke manifold. Choke Manifold: An assembly of valves, chokes, gauges, and piping components through which drilling fluid is circulated when the blowout preventer is closed to control the pressure encountered during a kick. Circulation Head: Accessory attached to the top of the tubulars to form a connection with the mud system to permit circulation of drilling mud. Clamp Connection: A pressure sealing device used to join two items without using conventional bolted flange joints. The two items to be sealed are prepared with clamp hubs. These hubs are held together by a clamp containing a minimum of four bolts. Classified Area: A location in which flammable gases or vapors are or may be present in the air in quantities sufficient to produce explosive or ignitable mixtures (see the ABS MODU Rules, API RP 500 or API RP 505 for additional details). Closing Unit: The assembly of pumps, valves, lines, accumulators, and other items necessary to open and close the BOP equipment. Computer-Based System: A system of one or more microprocessors, associated software, peripherals and interfaces. Control Panel/Console: Main operator interface for various installation systems (may be hydraulic, electric, electronic, mechanical, pneumatic, or any combination thereof). Control Manifold: An assembly of valves and piping to control the flow of hydraulic fluid to operate the various components of systems, equipment or components. Control Panel, Remote: A panel containing a series of controls that will operate the valves on the control manifold from a remote point. Control Pod: An assembly of subsea valves and regulators that when activated from the surface will direct hydraulic fluid through special apertures to operate the BOP equipment. Control Stations: Spaces containing the following, as applicable: Radio or main navigation equipment Central process control rooms Dynamically positioning control system Centralized ballast control station Battery room Fire control equipment and fire recording Fire extinguishing system serving various locations Emergency source of power CO2 bottle room Fire pumps
Control Systems: An assembly of devices interconnected or otherwise coordinated to convey the command or order. Crown: Upper section of the derrick Crown Block: Assembly of sheaves mounted at the derrick top (crown) through which the drilling line is reaved. Deadline Anchor: Device to securely fasten one end of drill line to the drill floor or derrick structure.
13
Section
Deadman System: A system that is designed to automatically close the wellbore in the event of a simultaneous absence of hydraulic supply and signal (control and communication) transmission capacity in both subsea control pods. Degasser: Device used to remove entrained gas from a drilling fluid in normal well circulation. Desander: Centrifugal device for removing sand from drilling fluid. Desilter: Centrifugal device used for removing silt from drilling fluid. Derrick (Mast): Main load-bearing structure in drilling unit used as support structure for various equipment associated with hoisting, lifting, handling, etc. Design Approved Products (PDA): See 1-1-A2/5.1.3 of the ABS Rules for Conditions of Classification Offshore Units and Structures (Part 1). Design Pressure: The pressure used in the design of pressure-retaining equipment or piping systems for the purpose of determining the minimum permissible thickness or physical characteristics of the different parts of the pressure-retaining equipment or piping systems. When applicable, static head and other external loads (e.g., bending, torsional, tension, compression, temperature gradient, etc.) are to be added to the design pressure to determine the thickness of any specific part of the pressure-retaining equipment or piping systems. Diverter: A device attached to the wellhead or marine drilling riser to close the vertical access in order to prevent upward flow of well fluids and direct flow into a line away from the rig floor. Diverter Control System: The assemblage of pumps, accumulator bottles, manifolds, control panel, valves, lines, etc., used to operate the diverter system. Diverter System: The assemblage of an annular sealing device, flow control means, vent system components, and control system that facilitates closure of the upward flow path of well fluids and opening of the vent to atmosphere. Diverter Vent Line/Diverter Piping: The conduit which directs the flow of gas and wellbore fluids away from the drill floor to the atmosphere. Drape Hoses (Moonpool Line): A flexible line connecting a choke, kill, and auxiliary line terminal fitting on the telescopic joint to the appropriate piping on the rig structure. A U-shaped bend in this line allows for relative movement between the vessel and the outer barrel of the telescopic joint as the vessel moves. Drawworks: Large winch typically located on the drill floor area used to raise and lower the drill string, top drive assembly by taking in or paying out the drilling line through the crown block and traveling block. Drill Floor Substructure: The foundation structure(s) on which the derrick, rotary table, drawworks, and other drilling equipment are supported. Drill Pipe Safety Valve: A full-opening valve located on the rig floor with threads to match the drill pipe connections in use. This valve is used to close off the drill pipe to prevent flow from the well. Drillers Cabin: An enclosed space on or near the drill floor that provides clear view for the driller to monitor and control drilling activities. Drilling Spool: A fitting placed in the blowout preventer stack with internal diameters at least equal to the bore of the BOP to provide space between preventers with smaller side outlets for facilitating stripping and other operations, to permit attachment of choke and kill lines, and for localizing possible erosion by fluid flow to the spool. Dump Tank: Calibrated tank used to measure the volume of a liquid, may be drilling mud or reservoir fluids. Electrical Control System: Control systems that are based on relays and analog discrete components without a central processor unit. Manual switches, relays and potentiometers are used for control of the equipment. In most situations, hydraulic and/or pneumatic medium is controlled by the electrical control system. Elevator, Drilling: Hinged clamp-type device used to grasp drill pipe or casing for lifting by the drilling hook, may be either manually or hydraulically/pneumatically operated. Elevator, Personnel: Lifting device used for rig personnel, may be on or off the drill floor.
14
Section
Equipment: Structure or device designed to perform a function, individually or combined into system. Escape Routes: Designated path used by personnel to evade an immediate danger and ultimately leads to a temporary refuge or muster station. Finger Board: A rack located in the derrick that supports the top of the stands of pipe stacked in the derrick. Fill-up Valve: A special riser joint having a valve means to allow the riser annulus to be opened to the sea. To prevent riser pipe collapse, an automatic actuator controlled by a differential-pressure sensor may open the valve. Flammable Fluid: Any fluid, regardless of its flash point, capable of feeding a fire. Examples are diesel fuel, hydraulic oil (oil-based), lubricating oil, crude oil, or hydrocarbons. Flash Point: The minimum temperature at which a combustible liquid gives off vapor in sufficient concentration to form an ignitable mixture with air near the surface of the liquid or within the vessel used, as determined by the test procedure and apparatus specified in NFPA 30. Flex Joint: A steel and elastomer assembly having central through-passage equal to or greater in diameter than the riser bore that may be positioned in the riser string to reduce local bending stresses. Flexible Lines/Hydraulic Hoses: Conduits that can accommodate the relative motion and/or vibration encountered on the drilling facility and are used to transfer fluids (mud, cement, hydraulic fluids, etc.). Typical uses for flexible lines and/or hydraulic hoses within the drilling facility are: Rotary and vibratory hoses Cementing hoses Choke and kill flexible lines, and auxiliary lines (drapes and jumpers) Hydraulic hoses for control functions and operations
Floating Installation: An offshore facility designed to provide hydrocarbon processing and/or hydrocarbon storage, and offload hydrocarbons. The term is used to generically identify a buoyant facility that is sitespecific. The installation is securely and substantially moored so that it cannot be moved without a special effort. Gimbal: Support for the riser spider which allows some angular movement of the spider and riser relative to the rig support structure. Gooseneck: Curved connection between the rotary hose and the swivel or top drive. Hazardous Area: See Classified Areas. Heave: Vessel motion in the vertical direction due to marine environment. High-Pressure High-Temperature (HPHT): Wells with a potential pressure greater than 103.43 MPa (15,000 psi) at the wellhead, or with a potential reservoir temperature of greater than 177C (350F). Hook, Drilling: Hook-shaped lifting device attached to the traveling block from which the swivel (or top drive) is suspended. Horizontal to Vertical Equipment: Equipment to move tubulars from/to horizontal position to/from vertical position for stand building or breaking, and tubulars operations. Hydraulic Cylinder: Mechanical device used to convert hydraulic fluid pressure to linear action. Hydraulic Hoses: Conduits that can accommodate the relative motion, and/or vibration encountered on a drilling facility and are used to transfer fluid for hydraulic system functions. Hydraulic Power Unit (HPU): Skid-mounted systems used to provide hydraulic power, usually comprised of a hydraulic fluid reservoir, filters, hydraulic pump, motor and control. Hydrocarbon: A compound of hydrogen and carbon, such as any of those that are the chief components of petroleum and natural gas, can be liquid or gas. Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S): A highly toxic, flammable, corrosive gas sometimes encountered in hydrocarbonbearing formations.
15
Section
Hydrogen Sulfide (Sour) Service: Refers to equipment designed to resist corrosion and hydrogen embrittlement caused by exposure to hydrogen sulfide. Ignitable Mixture: A mixture that is within the flammable range (between the upper and lower limits) and is therefore capable of propagation of flame away from the source of ignition. Inside Blowout Preventer (IBOP): Check valve installed in drill string to prevent a blowout inside the drill string. Flow is possible only downward, allowing mud to be pumped in but preventing any flow back up the drill string. Iron Roughneck: Tool with automated combination of spinning and torqueing for make-up or break-down of drill string pipes during drilling operation. Jumper Line: A flexible section of choke, kill, or auxiliary line that provides a continuous flow around a flex/ball joint while accommodating the angular motion at the flex/ball joint. Kelly: The uppermost component of the drill string; the kelly is an extra-heavy joint of pipe with flat or fluted sides that is free to move vertically through a kelly bushing in the rotary table; the kelly bushing imparts torque to the kelly and thereby the drill string is rotated. Kelly Bushing: Device which imparts torque to the kelly from the master bushing and permits vertical movement of the kelly. Kelly Cock: A valve immediately above the kelly that can be closed to confine pressures inside the drill string. Kelly Spinner: Pneumatically-operated device mounted to the top of the kelly used to spin up the kelly for making connections on a rotary table-type rig. Kelly Valve, Lower: A full-opening/full-closing valve installed immediately below the kelly, with outside diameter equal to the tool joint outside diameter. Kick: Unscheduled, unwanted entry of water, gas, oil or other formation fluid into wellbore. It occurs because pressure exerted by the column of drilling fluid is not great enough to overcome the pressure exerted by the fluids in the formation drilled. If prompt action is not taken to control the kick or kill the well, a blowout will occur. Kill: In drilling/well servicing, to prevent a threatened blowout by taking suitable preventative measures (e.g., to shut in well with blowout preventer, circulate kick out, and increase weight of drilling/completion/ workover fluid). Kill Line: The high-pressure piping (flexible lines, rigid piping, valves, connectors, fittings, etc.) between the pumps (cement or mud pumps) and BOP outlets or wellhead outlets. Kill Unit: A unit to pump kill mud to kill the well. Links, Drilling (Bell Nipple): Strong rods which connect the drilling elevators to the hook and allow movement for the elevator to be pushed out of the way when not in use. Lower Explosive Limit (L.E.L.): The lowest concentration of combustible vapors or gases, by volume in mixture with air, which can be ignited at ambient conditions. Lower Marine Riser Package (LMRP): Part of the blowout preventer stack assembly; usually contains LMRP connector, one or more annular-type preventers, lower flex joint, riser adapter, and MUX control pods. Lower Marine Riser Package (LMRP) Connector: Hydraulic connector used to securely latch the LMRP to the BOP stack. Lower Marine Riser Package (LMRP) Frame: Structural frame which is used for handling of the LMRP and integration with the BOP stack. It also serves as a support structure to mount various subsea equipment such as subsea accumulators and control pods. Machinery Spaces of Category A: All spaces which contain internal combustion-type machinery used either:
16
For main propulsion; or For other purposes where such machinery has in the aggregate a total power of not less than 375 kW; or Which contain any oil-fired boiler or oil fuel unit; and trunks to such spaces.
Section
Machinery Spaces (other than Category A): All spaces containing machinery, boilers, and other fired processes, oil fuel units, steam and internal combustion engines, generators, and major electrical machinery, oil filling stations, refrigerating, stabilizing, ventilation, and air-conditioning machinery and similar spaces. Manifold: An accessory system of piping to a main piping system (or another conductor) that serves to divide a flow into several parts, to combine several flows into one, or to reroute a flow to any one of several possible destinations. Manipulator Arm: Mechanism to guide tubulars from/to well center to/from the V-door. Manriding Winch: Winch used for personnel lifting operations. Marine Drilling Riser System: The extension of the well bore from the subsea BOP stack to the floating drilling vessel which provides for fluid returns to the drilling vessel, supports the choke, kill, and control lines, booster lines, auxiliary lines, guides tools into the well, and serves as a running string for the BOP stack. Master Bushing: Device which imparts torque from the rotary table to the kelly bushing and accepts the slips. Maximum Allowable Working (Operating) Pressure (MAWP) or Rated Working Pressure (RWP): The maximum internal pressure equipment or system is designed to operate or work and to contain and/or control the pressure. Minimum Design Temperature (MDT): The lowest predictable metal temperature occurring during normal operation including start-up, shut-down and ambient situation is to be used. Monkey Board: Elevated platform on the derrick structure for the support of the derrickman to place and/or withdraw tubulars into the finger board. Mud Agitator: Device to mix, or maintain mixture of, drilling mud in the mud pits. Mud Boost Line: An auxiliary line which provides supplementary fluid supply from the surface and injects it into the riser at the LMRP to assist in the circulation of drill cuttings up the marine drilling riser, when required. Mud-Gas Separator (Poor Boy): A vessel for removing free gas from the drilling fluid returns, generally used when circulating a gas kick out of the well. Mud Pump: Large high-pressure pump used to circulate drilling fluid, usually positive-displacement type. Multiplex (MUX) Control System: A system utilizing electrical or optical conductors in an armored subsea umbilical cable such that, on each conductor, multiple distinct functions are independently operated by dedicated serialized coded commands. Nonhazardous Areas (Unclassified Locations): Locations determined to be neither hazardous areas nor classified areas (see Classified Area for definition). Operating Conditions: A set of conditions (e.g., pressure, temperature, flow rates, composition, loads, etc.) chosen for normal operation of a system, subsystem, equipment or component. Personnel Basket: Device in which personnel ride in during lifting operations in personnel cranes, elevators, and man-riding winches. Pipe Rams: See Rams Pipe Racking Mechanism: Automated equipment to place and/or withdraw tubular strands to/from the setback area. Power Slips: Automated slips typically controlled by the driller, usually hydraulically or pneumatically operated. Power Subs: A power sub is a device which moves with a hoisting system and is designed to provide rotary power to the top of the tubular/string. It attaches to the bottom of the rotary swivel, but does not include a rotary seal or bearing for supporting the tubular/string. Power Swivels: A power swivel is a device which moves with a hoisting system and is designed to provide rotary power to the top of the tubular/string. It replaces the rotary swivel and includes a rotary seal and bearing for supporting the tubular/string weight.
17
Section
Process Area: Area where processing equipment is located to handle hydrocarbon. This includes wellhead/manifold areas, well testing equipment. Pulsation Dampeners: Chambered device used to dampen pressure pulsations in a fluid flow. Pup Joint: A shorter-than-standard-length riser joint, tool joint, or drill pipe. Rams: Mechanical device used for closing, shearing and sealing component of a blowout preventer. One of three types blind, shear, or pipe may be installed in several preventers mounted in a stack on top of the wellbore. Blind rams: Blind ram ends are not intended to seal against any drill pipe or casing. The rams seal against each other to effectively close the hole. Shear rams: Shear rams (non-sealing): Shear rams have a built-in cutting edge that will shear tubular that may be in the hole. Blind-shear rams: Blind rams with a built-in cutting edge that will shear against any drill pipe or casing. They seal against each other to effectively close the hole. Super shear ram: Shear rams that are capable to shear drill collars and large diameter casing. These rams are also capable of shearing heavy wall drill pipe and tool joints. The super shear rams are non-sealing rams.
Pipe ram is a sealing component with an indentation and packing for drill pipe, drill collars or casing that closes the annular space between the pipe and the blowout preventer or wellhead. Separate rams are necessary for each size (outside diameter) pipe in use. Pipe rams can include: Fixed bore pipe ram: Closing and sealing component in a ram blowout preventer that is capable of sealing only specified tubular size Variable bore pipe ram: Closing and sealing component in a ram blowout preventer that is capable of sealing on a range of tubular sizes
Rated Setback Load: The maximum weight of tubular goods which can be supported by the substructure in the setback area. Rated Working Pressure (RWP) or Maximum Allowable Working (Operating) Pressure (MAWP): The maximum internal pressure equipment or system is designed to operate or work and to contain and/or control the pressure. Remotely Operated Vehicle (ROV): An unmanned vehicle for offshore subsea use. Reels (MUX, Hotline): Large spool and winch system used to store, deploy, and retrieve flexible lines. Riser Adapter: Crossover between riser and flex/ball joint. Riser Chute: To guide risers from vertical position at set back area to drill-floor. Riser Feeding Machine: A machine designed for horizontal transportation of casing, riser/slip joint and material from pipe deck to drill floor and vice versa. Riser Joint: A section of riser main tube having flanged connector (or equivalent ) ends fitted with a box and pin and including choke, kill and (optional) auxiliary lines, booster lines, and their support brackets. Riser Recoil System: A means of limiting the upward acceleration of the riser for uplanned disconnect (EDS) or failure of a riser. Riser Running/Handling Tool: A device that joins to the upper end of a riser joint to permit the lifting and lowering of the joint and the assembled riser string in the derrick by the elevators. Riser Spider Fixed: A device having retractable jaws or dogs used to support the riser string on the uppermost coupling support shoulder during deployment and retrieval of the riser. Riser Spider Elevator: Riser spider that is capable of being used as elevators.
18
Section
Riser Tensioners: Systems for providing and maintaining top tension on the deployed riser string to prevent buckling. Riser Tensioner Ring: The structural interface of the telescopic joint outer barrel and the riser tensioners. The tensioner ring may be an integral part of the telescopic joint. Rotary Hose (also known as Kelly Hose): Flexible hose which conducts high-pressure drilling fluids from the standpipe to the gooseneck/swivel and kelly or top drive. Rotary Swivel: A device hanging on the traveling hook that allows the drill string to rotate while hanging and provide path for fluids flow. Rotary Table: A device through which passes the bit and drill string and that transmits rotational action to the kelly. Rupture (or Bursting) Disc: A device designed to rupture or burst and relieve pressure at a defined pressure and rate. The device will not close after being activated. Safe Working Load (SWL): The maximum rated load within the lifting appliance rated capacity for the given operating conditions. Safety Factor: The relationship between maximum allowable stress level and a defined material property, normally specified minimum yield strength. Safety System Equipment: A system designed to automatically lead equipment being controlled to a predetermined less critical condition in response to a fault which may endanger the equipment or the safety of personnel and which may develop too fast to allow manual intervention. Shale Shaker: Any of several mechanical devices utilizing screens and vibration that remove cuttings and other large solids from drilling fluid. Shear Rams: See Rams. Sheaves: Grooved pulley for use with wire rope. Shut-in: A condition resulting from a shutting-in of the wellbore caused by the occurrence of one or more undesirable events and/or actions of the safety shutdown. Shutdown: A system action that will be initiated upon signal or failure and is to result in shutdown of systems, subsystems, equipment, component, or part of the facility. Sour Service: Exposure to environments that contain H2S and can cause cracking of materials by the mechanisms addressed in NACE MR0175/ISO 15156. Spudding: The start of drilling the subsea well. Subsystem: An assembly of interconnected or interrelated parts that performs tasks as a component as a subset of a system. System: An assembly of various subsystems combined into a unified whole. Surveyor: ABSs representative on location to perform examination or inspection activities. Survival Condition: Condition during which a unit may be subjected to the most severe environmental loading for which the unit is designed. Drilling or similar operations may have been discontinued due to the severity of the environmental loading. The unit may be either afloat or supported on the sea bed, as applicable. Telescopic Joint (Slip Joint): A riser joint having an inner barrel and an outer barrel with sealing means between. The inner and outer barrels of the telescopic joint move relative to each other to compensate for the required change in the length of the riser string as the vessel moves due to marine environment. Tensioning System: Systems for providing and maintaining top tension on the deployed equipment. Test Pressure: The pressure at which the component or system is tested to verify structural and pressure integrity. Test Stump: Stump with wellhead profile used to support the BOP during surface pressure test operations. Also used during BOP storage.
19
Section
Tongs (Power or Manual): Automated or manual tongs used to torque drill pipe to final torque or to break out pipe connections. Top Drive: A top drive is either a power swivel or a power sub, typically with integrated pipe handling and hoisting capabilities below the drive. The pipe handler may comprise an elevator, elevator links, link tilt system and a pipe gripper mechanism to assist in making and breaking connections. Transit Condition: Unit movements from one geographical location to another. Traveling Block: Set of sheaves which move up and down in the derrick as drilling line is paid out or taken in. Trip: The operation of hoisting the drill string from and returning it to the wellbore. Trip Tank: Small mud tank used to keep track of the volume of mud displaced by the drill string during trip in and trip out. Tubulars: Tubular goods can be tubing, casing, drill pipe, and line pipe. Tubular Feeding Machine: A machine designed for horizontal transportation of tubulars and materials from pipe deck to drill floor and vice versa. Type Approval: See Appendix 1-1-A2 of the ABS Rules for Conditions of Classification Offshore Units and Structures (Part 1). Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS): Device supplying output power in some limited time period after loss of input power with no interruption of the output power. Unit Certification: Unit certification is a review of individual systems, subsystems, equipment, components, and materials for compliance with ABS Rules, Guides, or other recognized codes and standards. This allows these items to be placed on a vessel, marine structure or system to become eligible for classification. Certification is a one-time review (see Appendix 1-1-A2 of the ABS Rules for Conditions of Classification Offshore Units and Structures (Part 1). Umbilical: A control hose bundle or electrical cable that typically runs from the reel onto the control pod on the LMRP. Upset Condition: A condition that occurs in a system, subsystem, equipment or component when an operating variable deviates substantially from its normal operating limits. If left unchecked, this condition will result in a threat to safety, or undesirable events, and may cause shutting-in of system, subsystems, equipment or component. Utility Systems: Various systems providing the supporting functions to the drilling operations. Typical utility systems are cooling water, hot oil for heating, chemical systems for injection, hydraulic, potable water, nitrogen generation and system, instrument air and power generation system, etc. Vibratory Hose: A flexible hose assembly used to convey high-pressure drilling liquids between two piping systems or between the mud-pump discharge outlet and the high-pressure mud piping system for the purpose of attenuating noise and/or vibration, or compensating for misalignment and/or thermal expansion. Wellhead Connector: Hydraulic connector used to securely latch the lower BOP stack to the wellhead. Wire Rope: Cable composed of steel wires twisted around a central core of wire or fiber. Wireline Spoolers: System consisting of a drum, motor and control system used for running or retrieving wireline. Often skid-mounted, may be electrically, pneumatically or hydraulically operated. Working Load: The mass of the load lifted plus the mass of the accessories (e.g., sheave blocks, hooks, slings, etc.).
20
Section
29
Acronyms and Abbreviations (1 September 2012)

The following acronyms and abbreviations are used in this Guide: AHC BHA BOP CoC CTOD CTU CVN DCS DEMP DN EDS ESD FAT FMEA FMECA GA H 2S HAZ HAZOP HAZID HP HPHT I/O IRC IBOP ITP LEL LMRP LP MT MAC MASP MAWP MDT Active Heave Compensation Bottom Hole Assembly Blowout Preventer Certificate of Conformity Crack-tip Opening Displacement Conductor Tensioning Unit Charpy V-Notch Distributed Control Systems Drilling Equipment Maintenance Plan Diameter Nominal Emergency Disconnect System Emergency Shutdown Factory Acceptance Testing Failure Modes and Effects Analysis Failure Modes and Effects Criticality Analysis General Arrangement Hydrogen Sulfide Heat-Affected Zone Hazard and Operability Hazard Identification High Pressure High-Pressure High-Temperature Input/Output Independent Review Certificate Internal Blowout Preventer Inspection and Test Plans Lower Explosive Limits Lower Marine Riser Package Liquid Penetrant Examination Magnetic Particle Examination Manufacturers Affidavit of Compliance Maximum Anticipated Surface Pressure Maximum Allowable Working (Operating) Pressure Minimum Design Temperature
21
Section
MDST MIT MRN MTR MUX NDE NDT NPS NPT OEM P&ID PO PDA PHC PLC PPM PQR RT RWP ROV RQS SG SIT SMYS SR SSL SWL TA UT UTS VIV WP WPS
Minimum Design Service Temperature Maintenance, Inspection, and Testing Maintenance Release Note Material Test Report Multiplex Systems Nondestructive Examination Nil Ductility Transition Nominal Pipe Size National Pipe Thread Tapered Thread Original Equipment Manufacturer Piping and Instrumentation Diagram Purchase Order Product Design Assessment Passive Heave Compensation Programmable Logic Controller Parts per Million Procedure Qualification Record Radiographic Examination Rated Working Pressure Remotely Operated Vehicles Recognized Quality Systems Specific Gravity System Integration Test Specified Minimum Yield Strength Survey Report Structural Safety Level Safe Working Load Type Approval Ultrasonic Examination Ultimate Tensile Strength Vortex-Induced Vibration Working Pressure Weld Procedure Specification
22
Section 2: Design of Drilling Systems
SECTION
Design of Drilling Systems
1
1.1
Design of Drilling System

General (1 September 2012) The designer of a drilling system is to evaluate the system as a whole, considering the interfacing and interdependence of subsystems.
The required design plans and data to be submitted for ABS design review and approval related to the drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components are listed in Subsection 2/7 and Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide. Arrangements and installation of drilling systems, subsystem, equipment and/or components are to meet the layout objectives as specified in 2/1.3 and 2/7.1 of this Guide.
1.3
Equipment Layout Equipment layout and work areas associated with the drilling activities are to be arranged with the following objectives:
i) ii) iii) iv) v) vi) vii) viii) ix) x) xi) xii) Safety of personnel and operation Separation of nonhazardous areas from those classified as hazardous areas Separation of fuel and ignition source as far as practical Minimizing the likelihood of uncontrollable releases of hydrocarbon to the environment Minimizing the spread of flammable liquids and gases which may result in a hazardous event and facilitating rapid removal of any accumulations Minimizing the probability of ignition Minimizing the consequences of fire and explosions Preventing fire escalation and equipment damage Providing for adequate arrangements for escape and evacuation Facilitating effective emergency response Minimizing dropped object hazards to personnel, equipment (on facility and subsea), and structure (1 September 2012) Protection of critical systems, subsystems, equipment and/or components from damage during drilling operation, such as: xiii) Electrical cables and cableways Well control equipment Exhaust ducting and air intake ducting Control and shutdown systems Fire/gas detection, and fire-fighting equipment are to be arranged so that they are protected from damage during drilling operations.
Equipment arrangements are to provide access for inspection and servicing and safe means of egress from all machinery spaces.
23
Section
xiv)
The installation of electrical equipment within hazardous areas is to be in compliance with the ABS MODU Rules. Combustion equipment and combustion engines are not to be located in hazardous areas. Equipment arrangement drawings are to show the location of all equipment, living quarters, all machinery spaces, tanks, derrick, wellheads/moon pool, flare and vents, escape route, evacuation equipment, air intake, opening to close spaces, and any fire and barrier walls. Additional requirements related to general arrangement and equipment layout are also to consider the applicable requirements of the ABS MODU Rules. The equipment arrangement drawings are to indicate the hazardous areas throughout the facility, as defined in Section 4-3-6 of the ABS MODU Rules.
xv)
xvi) xvii)
1.5
Overpressurization Protection Systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components that may have the potential of exposure to pressure greater than for which they are designed are to be protected by suitable pressure protection devices:
i) The drilling systems, subsystems, equipment and/or components that may have the possibility of overpressure are to be protected by suitable means, acceptable to ABS, such as relief valves, burst disk, fusible plug, etc., or the equivalent. The equipment will be reviewed for the specified design parameters, as specified in the applicable Design Basis in Subsection 2/7 of this Guide. It is to be the responsibility of the systems and equipment designers to specify and consider the most severe combination of pressure sources, such as formation pressure, pumps, flow restriction, static heads, hammer effects, fire and/or thermally-induced pressures, in the design and selection of suitable overpressure protection devices.
ii)
1.7
Materials (1 September 2012) The materials for each equipment or component are to be selected with consideration of their fitness for the intended service and in accordance with the applicable codes and standards as referenced in this Guide, in addition to the material requirements of Section 6 of this Guide.
The experience of the manufacturers, designers and related performance records will be specially considered with technical justifications in accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide.
1.9
Welding and Nondestructive Examination General requirements for welding and nondestructive examination (NDE) are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide. Platforms and Railings (1 September 2012) It is to be noted that various national and international regulatory bodies have requirements for the loading, arrangement and construction of local structures such as walking/working platforms, guardrails, handrails, ladders and walkways. The designer is to submit drawings and calculations for critical load-bearing structures and components, demonstrating compliance to the applicable regulatory requirements, and the design loads as specified in 3/11.1.3 of this Guide, as applicable.
1.11
Design Specifications
The design specification for drilling systems, subsystems, equipment and/or components is to consider as a minimum, but not limited to, the most adverse combination of applicable loads listed in 2/5.7 and consisting of design plans, drawings, data, and calculations, as outlined in Subsection 2/7, to substantiate the design. i) In addition to the design specifications, the manufacturing specifications are to include material specifications, WPS/PQR, NDE, and testing procedures/specifications utilized in the manufacturing, installation, and commissioning of each system, subsystem, equipment, and/or component and are to comply with the applicable section of this Guide, in addition to the codes or standards used. Design plans and data are to be submitted for ABS approval of drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components, in accordance with Subsection 2/7 and the requirements of this Guide.
ii)
24
Section
5
5.1
Design Considerations
Recognized Standards (1 September 2012) The submitted design is to be in accordance with the requirements of this Guide and the latest edition of the specified codes and standards, as referenced herein and in Appendix 1 of this Guide, from contract date (see 1-1-3/1.3 of the ABS MODU Rules).
i) ii) iii) Designs complying with other international or national standards not listed in Appendix 1 will be subject to special consideration in accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide. ABS advises the designer/manufacturer to contact the ABS Technical office early in the design phase for acceptance of alternate design codes and standards. When alternate design codes and standards are proposed, justifications can be achieved through equivalency, gap analysis or appropriate risk analysis/philosophy to demonstrate that the proposed alternate design code and standard will provide an equivalent level of safety to the recognized standards as listed in this Guide, and are required to be performed in accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide.
5.3
Alternative Basis of Design Designs based on manufacturers standards may also be accepted. In such cases, complete details of the manufacturers standard and engineering justification are to be submitted for review.
i) ii) iii) iv) The manufacturer will be required to demonstrate by way of testing or analysis that the design criteria employed results in a level of safety consistent with that of a recognized standard or code of practice. Where strain gauge testing, fracture analysis, proof testing or similar procedures form a part of the manufacturers design criteria, the procedure and results are to be submitted for ABS review. Historical performance data for drilling systems, subsystems, equipment or components is to be submitted for justification of designs based on manufacturers standards. ABS will consider the application of risk evaluations for alternative or novel features for the basis of design in accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide, as applicable.
5.5
Corrosion/Erosion Allowance (1 September 2012) Where drilling systems (including piping systems), subsystems, equipment, and/or components are subjected to a corrosive, erosive or abrasive environment, the design is to include allowances for such extra material as applicable in accordance with the requirements as specified below:
i) ii) iii) As specified by the applicable design codes and standards. The amount of additional material needed is to be determined based on the predicted rate of corrosion and/or erosion and the design service life of the component. Alternative allowances will be considered when supplemented with technical justifications for the life-cycle of the equipment, such as: a) b) c) iv) Previous documented service experience Active corrosion protection and maintenance, such as galvanizing, anodes, etc. Passive corrosion protection and maintenance, such as special coating, etc.
In the absence of 2/5.5i) through 2/5.5iii), a minimum corrosion allowance of 1.6 mm (0.0625 in.) is to be utilized.
25
Section
5.7
Design Conditions The drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components are to be designed to account for all applicable environmental, operational, and test loads, or combination thereof. These include, but are not limited to, the following:
i) Environmental Conditions, as applicable ii) iii) iv) v) vi) vii) Earthquake Ice Current, waves Static pressure Transient pressure excursion Temperature excursion Tension Wind Temperature 1, 10, 50, 100 year storm event, as applicable Vibration Acceleration loads due to movement of the drilling unit Retrieval Drifting
Operational
Bending Transportation Installation Commissioning Storage and Maintenance Test Loads
5.9
Risk Assessments for Drilling System (1 September 2012) For a drilling system as defined in Subsection 3/1 of this Guide, risk assessment for the drilling system and individual systems, subsystems, and equipment is to be performed.
Qualitative risk assessments are to be conducted with the following objectives: i) ii) iii) iv) v)
5.9.1
Identifying and assessing major hazards, but not limited to, those defined in 1/7.9 of this Guide Potential risks associated with the drilling system, including its impact on other systems Demonstrate compliance with the design principles as stated in this Guide Identify prevention and mitigation measures, as appropriate Areas or issues requiring further analysis, testing, or risk evaluations
Levels of Risk Assessment Three (3) levels of risk assessments are to be performed, as applicable:
i) ii) iii)
Qualitative hazard identification studies such as HAZID, HAZOP, What-if, etc., or similar Functional FMEA/FMECA Component level FMEA/FMECA
These assessments are to be performed sequentially, starting with the identification of hazards for the overall design, and focusing to detailed risk studies driven by the findings of the previous studies, as necessary.
5.9.2 Maintenance of Risk Assessment Risk study results are to be maintained by the Owner of the drilling unit. If any subsequent modifications to the drilling system, subsystems, equipment or components are carried out, risk studies are to be updated to incorporate the modifications and to demonstrate that any hazards derived from the modifications have been mitigated, as applicable.
26
Section
5.9.3
Integrated Drilling System The objective of drilling system risk assessment is to identify major hazards related to the system, subsystem, and equipment as defined in Subsection 3/1 as an integrated system on a drilling unit. Risk assessment is to consider, but not limited to, major hazards as defined in 1/7.9 of this Guide.

5.9.4
Qualitative risk assessments as defined in 2/5.9.1i) above are to performed covering the integrated drilling system as defined in Subsection 3/1 of this Guide. Qualitative risk assessments as defined in 2/5.9.1ii) above are to performed covering the integrated control system for various drilling subsystem.
Functional FMEA/FMECA Functional FMEA/FMECA as specified in 2/5.9.1ii) above are to be performed covering individual systems, subsystems, equipment and components as defined in Subsection 3/1 of this Guide.
i)
The functional FMEA/FMECA is to evaluate the intended control functions such as hydraulic, pneumatic, electrical, electro-hydraulic, acoustic, or computer-based systems components, as applicable, will not cause unsafe operation in compliance with the design principles in Subsection 3/3, 3/15.1, 3/15.3, 3/15.5. The functional FMEA/FMECA is to evaluate the well control, drilling support, and general support systems will not cause unsafe operation in compliance with the design principles in Subsection 3/3, 3/15.1, 3/15.3, 3/15.5. The results of the functional FMEA/FMECA are to identify critical systems/functions to be further analyzed during component level FMEA/FMECA.
ii)
iii)
5.9.5
Component-Level Risk Assessments i) The detailed component level FMEA/FMECA is to be performed for the critical components as identified during the functional FMEA/FMECA.
ii)
The component level FMEA/FMECA is to correlate to the functional FMEA/FMECA to provide an overall understanding of the local effects of the equipment failure mode and global effects of the failure of the control/safety function and other equipment/interfaces in the system.
5.11
FMEA/FMECA Validation Program (1 September 2012) A validation program is to be developed and performed to verify selected/critical results of the FMEA/FMECA:
i) ii) Effectiveness of system to identify failure/failures The effect of an identified failure/failures on system/equipment Response of the safety controls Other measures to protect against the failure FMEA/FMECA validation is to be carried out at the vendors plant, in accordance with 4/3.3.1 and Subsection 8/3 of this Guide. When final testing requires assembly and installation on-board facility, it may not be possible to perform all required testing at vendors plant. In this case, FMEA/FMECA validation is be carried out as part of the system integration testing (SIT) during commissioning, in accordance with 4/3.3.2 and Subsections 8/5 and 8/7 of this Guide. The test program results are to be documented to confirm that the FMEA/FMECA conclusions are valid.
iii)
27
Section
Design Plans and Data

The following paragraphs describe documentation and ABS approval requirements for Classing of drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components. i) Section 4 of this Guide provides the general process for ABS approval of a drilling system. Subsequently, Section 4, Table 1, Approval Codes for Drilling Systems and Equipment identifies the typical drilling system, subsystems, equipment and/or components that require approval for ABS Classification of the drilling system. It should be noted that Section 4, Table 1 is provided as a general reference listing, and is not to be considered as the complete drilling system, subsystem, equipment or component listing. For drilling systems, subsystems, equipment or components not listed in Section 4, Table 1, the designer/ manufacturer should contact the appropriate ABS Technical office for guidance on technical and survey requirements and completion of the approval process. The manufacturers plans and data, as specified in Subsection 2/7 of this Guide, are generally to be submitted electronically to ABS. However, hard copies will also be accepted. All plan submissions originating from manufacturers are understood to be made with the knowledge of the main contracting party. (1 September 2012) Design plans and data, as listed in Subsection 2/7 of this Guide, are expected to be submitted by the entity(ies) outlined in the table below. Depending on the contractual agreement between entities, the responsible party for design plans and data submittal may vary.
Submittal of Design Plans and Data Shipyard General arrangement Well control Well circulation Tubular handling and lifting Interface details between systems and/or subsystems Marine interface Electrical Control Assembly details, etc. Subsystems Components Installation integration Note: X X X X X X X Drilling Equipment X X X X X X X X X X Owner/Operator/Designer X X X X X Manufacturers Drilling Systems
ii)
iii) iv) v)
Where multi-entities are indicated, any one entity or all entities may be responsible for the design plan and data submittals, dependent on contractual agreement between entities.
7.1
General Arrangement for Drilling System (1 September 2012) General arrangement plans are to provide the following information, as applicable:
i) ii) General arrangement of the installation/facility where the drilling system and its machinery are installed Equipment layout, detailed arrangements and elevation drawings showing: Locations of all machinery, equipment, and structures for drilling operations Piping systems associated with the drilling systems, and support systems
28
Section
iii) iv) v) vi)
Locations of all control panels/stations for drilling systems, including all drilling support systems Locations of the fire and gas monitoring and fire-fighting control locations Detailed arrangements of the well test areas or location of well test equipment Escape and egress routes, including their protections, and muster stations The locations of openings (air intake, exhaust, windows, doors, etc.) for all closed spaces Ventilation arrangements
HAZOP and/or HAZID study reports for the entire drilling systems and all associated subsystems on the drilling unit FMEA/FMECA or similar analysis, and its validation program for systems, subsystems, equipment or components, and integrated systems in accordance with 2/5.9 and 2/5.11, respectively, of this Guide Classified areas (hazardous areas) drawings and/or details identifying nonhazardous areas and hazardous areas in accordance with the ABS MODU Rules, API RP 500 or API RP 505 Locations of potential hydrocarbon release and composition
7.3
Well Control Systems and Equipment Typical well control systems and equipment are identified as follows:
i) ii)
7.3.1
Blowout preventer (BOP) equipment Lower marine riser package (LMRP) for subsea well control Choke and kill equipment Marine drilling riser systems See 2/7.5 Diverter equipment Auxiliary well control equipment General arrangement of well control systems, subsystems, equipment and components FMEA/FMECA or similar analysis for the well control systems and subsystems (see 2/5.9, 2/5.11 and 3/15.3)
Blowout Preventer Systems and Equipment Submit the following documentation for the well control systems, BOP systems and/or well control equipment, as applicable:
(1 September 2012) The following are to be submitted for the well control systems and equipment:
i)
Design basis: Descriptions of the well control systems and equipment for surface and subsurface BOPs Design parameters: pressure rating, temperature rating (min/max) P&IDs and schematic diagrams Shutdown logic Details on hierarchy of control: primary, secondary, emergency, etc. Equipment technical specifications and data sheet Design references, codes, standards, or guidelines
ii)
(1 September 2012) All control panel arrangements for BOP control systems
29
Section
iii)
(1 September 2012) Design and manufacturing details for BOP stack equipment to include preventers, drill spools, wellhead connectors, clamps, spacer spools, adapter spools, etc.: Design parameters: pressure rating (RWP/MAWP, or design pressure), temperature rating (min/max), loads, maximum water depth, service conditions, etc. Dimensional detailed drawings and fabrication details Material specifications and material properties Design analysis for pressure-retaining equipment Individual BOP (annular and ram) details. This is to include manufacturer documentation to specify and to attest BOP minimum and maximum capability with regard to: Drill pipe size Tool joints Casing Wire line, or Combination of the above
Data and documentation to confirm the shear rams capability of shearing the various tubulars (sizes, grades, strengths, etc.) under the specified design conditions Prototype test data, as required by the design code Manufacturing specifications (see 2/7.27) BOP stack configuration with individual annular and ram preventer details. This is to include the manufacturers documentation to specify and to attest BOP stack minimum and maximum capability with regard to: Drill pipe size Tool joints Casing Wire line, or Combination of the above
iv)
BOP stack assembly:
Risk assessment for BOP stack arrangement identifying ram and annular placements and configurations BOP stack assembly drawings for BOP systems showing: Stack configuration showing all equipment Structural frame details Lift points/attachments Arrangements showing accumulators, pods, valves, piping, connectors, jumper lines, etc.
v) vi)
Design details and structural analysis for BOP structural frame and lifting attachments Material specifications and material properties Manufacturing specifications (see 2/7.27) Control panel and control equipment arrangements, showing locations on drilling unit See 2/7.19, Control Systems
Control system details:
Pressure relief system: arrangements, size, materials, back pressure and capacity calculations, as applicable
30
Section
vii) viii) ix) x) xi) xii)

7.3.2
Design details electrical systems and equipment: See 2/7.17, Electrical Systems and Equipment See 2/7.21, Pressure-Retaining Equipment See 2/7.23, Piping Systems and Piping Components See 2/7.25, Flexible Lines/Hydraulic Hoses Design details for pressure vessels, accumulators, cylinders: Design details for piping, valves, and fittings: Design details for flexible lines and hydraulic hoses: Manufacturing specifications (see 2/7.27) Manufacturers affidavit of compliance (see 4/3.1.2)
Lower Marine Riser Package i) Design basis, including, as applicable:
Descriptions of the lower marine riser package system Equipment technical specifications and data sheets Load cases and limit states for all design and operating conditions Design references, codes, standards, or guidelines Design analysis methodology for the lower marine riser package, including computer modeling and computer program used Design analysis methodology of lower marine riser package, including loading parameters from global marine drilling riser analysis, computer modeling, and computer program used
ii) iii)
Design analysis of lower marine riser package mechanical-load bearing components (see 2/7.13) and pressure-retaining equipment (see 2/7.21), as applicable. LMRP components and systems are typically integrated into the BOP system and equipment. See 2/7.3.1 for applicable submittal requirements for the following items: Equipment, component Control system Electrical systems Pressure vessels, accumulators, cylinders Piping, valves, and fittings Flexible lines and hydraulic hoses
iv) v) vi) vii) viii) ix)
Subsea control pods details, drawings and arrangements inclusive of component descriptions LMRP structural frame [see 2/7.3.1v)] Material specifications, including material properties Prototype test data, as required by the design code Manufacturing specifications (see 2/7.27) Manufacturers affidavit of compliance (see 4/3.1.2)
31
Section
7.3.3
Choke and Kill Systems and Equipment (1 September 2012) Typical choke and kill systems and equipment are identified as follows, as applicable:
i)
Choke and kill manifold and buffer tanks Chokes Flexible choke and kill lines Drape hoses Jumper hoses, mud boost Hydraulic hoses Rigid choke and kill lines Swivel joints Design basis:
Union connections Drilling choke controls Valves: check, flow, gate Crosses and tees Elbows and targeted flanges Kill unit Control system Actuators: valves, drilling choke, or production choke
Descriptions of the choke and kill systems and equipment and kill unit, including design parameters, pressure rating (internal/external), temperature rating (min/max.) P&IDs and schematic diagrams Equipment arrangement details Equipment technical specifications and data sheet Design references, codes, standards, or guidelines
ii) iii) iv)
Pressure relief equipment rating/capacity Details of prime movers, such as diesel engines, motors, and generators, as applicable Design details for pumps, including: Power rating and capacity Temperature rating See 2/7.13, Mechanical Load-Bearing Components See 2/7.17, Electrical Systems and Equipment See 2/7.19, Control Systems See 2/7.21, Pressure-Retaining Equipment See 2/7.23, Piping Systems and Piping Components See 2/7.25, Flexible Lines/Hydraulic Hoses
v) vi) vii) viii) ix) x) xi) xii) xiii)

32
Design details for mechanical load-bearing components: Design details electrical systems and equipment: Control system details: Design details for manifolds, pressure vessels, and tanks: Design details for rigid piping, valves, and fittings: Design details for flexible lines: Prototype test data, as required by the design code Manufacturing specifications (see 2/7.27) Manufacturers affidavit of compliance (see 4/3.1.2)
Section
7.3.4
Diverter Equipment i) (1 September 2012) Design basis:
ii) iii) iv) v) vi) vii) viii)

7.3.5
Descriptions of the diverter system and equipment, including design parameters, pressure rating, temperature rating (min/max) P&IDs and schematic diagrams Equipment technical specifications and data sheet Design references, codes, standards, or guidelines See 2/7.17, Electrical Systems and Equipment See 2/7.19, Control Systems See 2/7.21, Pressure-Retaining Equipment See 2/7.23, Piping Systems and Piping Components
Design details electrical systems and equipment:
Control system details: Design details for manifolds: Design details for piping, valves, and fittings: Prototype test data, as required by the design code Manufacturing specifications (see 2/7.27) Manufacturers affidavit of compliance (see 4/3.1.2)
Auxiliary Well Control Equipment Typical auxiliary well control equipment includes kelly valves, drill pipe safety valves, IBOP, drill string float valves, etc.
i) ii) iii)
Design details for valves, and fittings (see 2/7.23) Manufacturing specifications, as applicable (see 2/7.27) Manufacturers affidavit of compliance (see 4/3.1.2)
7.5
Marine Drilling Riser Systems (1 September 2012) Typical marine drilling riser subsystems and components include the following:
i) Riser tensioning system and equipment Riser recoil system Riser joints Riser couplings (connectors): mechanical, hydraulic, etc. Telescopic joints Design basis, including, as applicable: Descriptions of the marine drilling riser system and its components (telescopic joint, flexible joint, connectors, etc.) Equipment technical specifications and data sheets Load cases and limit states for all design and operating conditions Pup joints Buoyancy devices Ball and flex joints Riser running equipment Special equipment, including fill-up valves, mud boost system, drag reducing devices
Submit the following documentation for the marine drilling riser system and/or its components, as applicable:
33
Section
Assumptions used in the global design analysis of the marine drilling riser system and design analysis of its components Design references, codes, standards, or guidelines Design analysis methodology for the marine drilling riser system, including computer modeling and computer program used Design analysis methodology of marine drilling riser components, including loading parameters from global marine drilling riser analysis, computer modeling, and computer program used Support unit reports with information pertaining to any supporting units that affects the marine drilling riser system. Reports to include unit response amplitude operators (RAOs), physical layout of the drilling floor, derrick and pipe racks, and auxiliary lifting equipment.
Design analysis of marine drilling riser systems (global riser analysis) Design analysis of marine drilling riser system associated components, as referenced Installation analysis Riser and its components fabrication drawings Material specifications, including material properties Prototype test data, as required by the design code Input data: Riser configuration Riser joint properties Design pressure and loads Load combinations (design, environmental, operations, fatigue, etc.) Design temperatures (maximum, minimum) Maximum stress Displacement/deflection Stability and buckling Fatigue and fracture analyses Validation of results in accordance with design references Installation motion (RAO) Components interface/interactions Boundary conditions/constraints Wall thickness selections Corrosion allowance and tolerances
ix)
Analysis results and evaluations, including:
x) xi) xii) xiii)
See 3/5.7 of this Guide for additional details on marine drilling riser design requirements. Design details for mechanical load-bearing components:
See 2/7.13, Mechanical Load-Bearing Components See 2/7.17, Electrical Systems and Equipment See 2/7.19, Control Systems
Design details electrical systems and equipment: Design details for control systems:
34
Section
xiv) xv) xvi)
Design details for pressure vessels, accumulators, cylinders: See 2/7.21, Pressure-Retaining Equipment Manufacturing specifications (see 2/7.27) Manufacturers affidavit of compliance (see 4/3.1.2)
7.6
Conductor Tensioning System/Unit (1 September 2012) Submit the following documentation for the conductor tensioning system/unit and its equipment and components, as applicable:
i) ii) Schematics and P&IDs Design basis: iii) iv) v) vi) vii) viii) ix) x) xi) Descriptions of the conductor tensioning system and associated equipment and components Design parameters, pressure rating (internal/external), temperature rating (min/max) Load capacity Equipment technical specifications and data sheets Design references, codes, standards, or guidelines
Prototype test data, as required by the design code, as applicable Design details for mechanical load-bearing components:
See 2/7.13, Mechanical Load-Bearing Components See 2/7.17, Electrical Systems and Equipment See 2/7.19, Control Systems See 2/7.21, Pressure-Retaining Equipment See 2/7.23, Piping Systems and Piping Components See 2/7.25, Flexible Lines/Hydraulic Hoses
Design details electrical systems and equipment: Design details for control systems: Design details for pressure vessels, accumulators, cylinders: Design details for piping, valves, and fittings: Design details for flexible lines: Manufacturing specifications (see 2/7.27) Manufacturers affidavit of compliance, as applicable (see 4/3.1.2)
7.7
Drill String Compensation Systems The drill string compensation system and equipment can be categorized as follows:
Active heave compensation (AHC) Passive heave compensation (PHC)
35
Section
Submit the following documentation for the drill string compensation system and associated equipment, as applicable: i) ii) Schematics and P&IDs Design basis: iii) iv) v) vi) vii) viii) ix) x) Descriptions of the drill string compensation systems and associated equipment, inclusive of fast and dead line compensation, as applicable Design parameters, pressure rating (internal/external), temperature rating (min/max) Load capacity Equipment technical specifications and data sheets Design details of locking mechanism, mechanical and/or hydraulic Design references, codes, standards, or guidelines
Prototype test data, as required by the design code Design details for mechanical load-bearing components:
See 2/7.13, Mechanical Load-Bearing Components See 2/7.17, Electrical Systems and Equipment See 2/7.19, Control Systems See 2/7.21, Pressure-Retaining Equipment See 2/7.23, Piping Systems and Piping Components
Design details for electrical systems and equipment: Design details for control systems: Design details for pressure vessels, accumulators, cylinders: Design details for piping, valves, and fittings: Manufacturing specifications (see 2/7.27) Manufacturers affidavit of compliance, as applicable (see 4/3.1.2)
7.9
Bulk Storage, Transfer, Conditioning, and Circulation Systems The bulk storage, circulation and transfer system equipment can be categorized as follows:
i) ii) Bulk storage and transfer equipment Cementing system and equipment Mud return system and equipment Mud conditioning equipment P&IDs and schematic diagrams Design basis: Descriptions of the bulk storage, circulation and transfer systems, and all associated equipment (e.g., mud-gas separator, degasser, desilter, desanders, shale shakers, agitators, etc.) Design parameters, pressure rating (internal/external), temperature rating (min/max) and flow simulation Pressure relief philosophy Equipment technical specifications and data sheets Design references, codes, and standards
Well circulation system and equipment Mud-gas separator (poor boy), Degasser
Submit the following documentation for the bulk storage, circulation and transfer systems, as applicable:
36
Section
iii) iv) v)
Pressure relief equipment rating/capacity Details of prime movers, such as diesel engines, motors, and generators, as applicable (1 September 2012) Design details for pumps, including: Pressure rating, power rating and capacity Temperature rating See 2/7.13, Mechanical Load-Bearing Components See 2/7.17, Electrical Systems and Equipment See 2/7.19, Control Systems See 2/7.21, Pressure-Retaining Equipment See 2/7.23, Piping Systems and Piping Components
vi) vii) viii) ix) x) xi) xii)
Design details for mechanical load-bearing components:
Design details for electrical systems and equipment: Design details for control systems: Design details for pressure vessels, accumulators, cylinders: Design details for piping, valves, and fittings: Manufacturing specifications (see 2/7.27) Manufacturers affidavit of compliance, as applicable (see 4/3.1.2)
7.11
Hoisting, Lifting, Tubular Handling Systems (1 September 2012) Submit the following documentation for the hoisting, lifting, and tubular (riser, pipe) handling systems, as applicable:
7.11.1 Derrick Structure i) Design basis for the derrick structure, including:
Descriptions of the derrick structure and associated components Equipment technical specifications Design references, codes, standards, or guidelines Load cases and limit states for all design and operating conditions Assumptions used in the design analysis of the derrick structure and associated components Design conditions, including: Environmental Operating Static Storm survival Waiting on weather Temperature, min/max Field transit Ocean transit Lifting, if applicable Supporting structure deflection
Combined load cases and limit states for all design and operating conditions The center of rotation (floating condition) specified in terms of the vertical and horizontal distances between the derrick base and the center of flotation of the vessel/unit Design analysis methodology for the derrick structure and associated components, and component analyses including computer modeling and computer program used
37
Section
ii) iii) iv)
Material specifications and material properties for all load-bearing components and bolts (if bolted design), including CVN testing requirements, as applicable Corrosion control plans Rigging arrangement
Identification of the host vessel/unit for the derrick Descriptions of all computer programs, analysis methodologies and limits, and other calculation procedures that will form the basis of the structural design and analysis Structural analysis report: Design load development and computer input for all design conditions Computer model geometry plots (group IDs, joint numbers, members and lengths, critical unity checks) Allowable stresses Computer stress analysis Computer output; support reactions, unity stress checks Justifications for any stress exceeding the stated allowable stress Derrick bolt design and torque procedures by manufacturer Attachment locations for other equipment (e.g., drill string compensation, tubulars handling, blowers, air reservoir, accumulator, tugger winches, ancillary equipment, etc.) Supplemental calculations: Sheave shaft strength (including shafts for cluster, fastline, and deadline sheaves) Crown frame and Water table beams (or Top beams) Maximum allowable crown weight and CG to determine suitability for crown mounted compensator Bolting designs for base plates and splice plates Strength of welded joints Platforms or sub-structure, as applicable Padeyes, as applicable
v)
Structural drawings: General arrangement drawings Derrick assembly drawings Crown block assembly drawings Water table assembly drawings Geometry layout drawing; showing overall dimensions of derrick and indicating the size of each member
38
Section
Detailed drawings of the main structural elements of the derrick, crown frame, and water table beams, including: Details and sizes for main structural elements Material specifications and material properties for all load-bearing components and bolts (if bolted design), including CVN testing requirements, as applicable Bolt connections and tightening procedures Welding details and other methods of connection
vi) vii)
Base plate, anchor bolt plan and bolting procedures Bolts sheet
Manufacturing specifications (see 2/7.27) Manufacturers affidavit of compliance, as applicable (see 4/3.1.2)
7.11.2 Cranes and Lifting Appliances i) Design basis for the cranes (gantry or pedestal), including:
Descriptions of the crane structures and associated components Equipment technical specifications Design references, codes, standards, or guidelines Load cases and limit states for all design and operating conditions or combination thereof: Dead, live and dynamic loads, including loads due to list and/or trim of the drilling unit, as applicable Environmental loads including the effects of wind, sea state, snow and ice
ii) iii) iv)
General arrangement, assembly plans and description of operating procedures and design service temperature Details of the principal structural parts and crane supporting structure Stress diagram, stress analysis and other supporting calculations, suitably referenced. Where computer analysis is used for the determination of scantlings, details of the programs describing input and output data and procedures are to be included together with the basic design criteria. Expected duty cycle in frequency of use and percentage of load Wire rope specifications Material specifications including material properties Welding details and procedures and a plan indicating extent and locations of nondestructive inspection of welds for crane structure and foundation Crane capacity rating chart Design details for electrical systems and equipment: See 2/7.17, Electrical Systems and Equipment See 2/7.19, Control Systems Design details for control systems:
v) vi) vii) viii) ix) x) xi) xii) xiii)
Manufacturing specifications (see 2/7.27) Manufacturers affidavit of compliance, as applicable (see 4/3.1.2)
39
Section
7.11.3 Tubulars Handling i) Design basis for the tubulars handling system:
Description of system Equipment technical specifications and data sheets Design references, codes, or standards Design conditions:
ii) iii) iv) v) vi) vii) viii) ix) x) xi) xii)
Environmental Operating Static
Survival Lifting, if applicable
Load and temperature rating Rotating equipment power rating
General arrangement drawings showing locations of all equipment Assembly and equipment drawings Structural analysis report Dimensional detailed drawings Prototype test data, if required by the design code Design details for electrical systems and equipment: See 2/7.17, Electrical Systems and Equipment See 2/7.19, Control System, as applicable See 2/7.21, Pressure-Retaining Equipment See 2/7.23, Piping Systems and Piping Components Design details for control systems: Design details for pressure vessels, accumulators, cylinders: Design details for piping, valves, and fittings: Manufacturing specifications (see 2/7.27) Manufacturers affidavit of compliance (see 4/3.1.2)
7.11.4 Other Load-bearing Equipment i) Load-bearing equipment, and associated support structural may include, but is not limited to, BOP handling crane, BOP transporter/skidder, drawworks, crown block, traveling block, top drive, hook and rotary swivel, power swivel, pipe, rackers/manipulator systems, stabbing board, racking platforms, man-riding elevators, winches, wire lines/ropes, cranes and other lifting devices.
ii) iii) iv) v) vi)

40
Design details for mechanical load-bearing equipment: See 2/7.13, Mechanical Load-Bearing Equipment See 2/7.17, Electrical Systems and Equipment See 2/7.19, Control Systems Design details for electrical systems and equipment: Design details for control systems, as applicable: Manufacturing specifications, as applicable (see 2/7.27) Manufacturers affidavit of compliance, as applicable (see 4/3.1.2)
Section
7.13
Mechanical Load-Bearing Equipment (1 September 2012) Unless required otherwise in 2/7.3 through 2/7.11, the following documentation for mechanical load-bearing components is to be submitted for ABS review, as applicable.
See Section 4, Table 1, Approval Codes for Drilling Systems and Equipment for ABS approval requirements. i) ii) iii) iv) v) vi) vii) viii) ix) x) Design specifications, including design codes, standards, and references Design parameters: loads, temperature, environmental conditions, etc. Design analysis and/or calculations, as applicable Dimensional drawings and fabrication details Material specifications and material properties Prototype test data, if required by the design code Design details for electrical systems and equipment:
See 2/7.17, Electrical Systems and Equipment See 2/7.19, Control Systems
Design details for control systems, as applicable: Manufacturing specifications, as applicable (see 2/7.27) Manufacturers affidavit of compliance, as applicable (see 4/3.2.1)
7.15
Well Testing System Well test systems may include well control equipment, process pressure vessels and separators, piping and electrical components, control systems, burners, gas flares, burner/flare booms, heat exchangers, transfer pumps and electric submersible pumps
7.15.1 Well Testing System and Equipment i) Design basis:
ii)
Descriptions of the well testing system, and well test equipment General arrangement drawings showing locations of all equipment Design parameters: pressure rating, temperature rating (min/max) P&IDs and schematic diagrams Gas dispersion and flare/heat radiation analyses Shutdown logic Equipment technical specifications and data sheet Design references, codes, standards, or guidelines Well test assembly drawings, including tree arrangements Design parameters: pressure rating, temperature rating (min/max), loads, maximum water depth, etc. Design analysis to justify safety factor Structural design analysis for skid mounted equipment Dimensional detailed drawings and fabrication details Material specifications and material properties Manufacturing specifications (see 2/7.27)
41
Well Test equipment:
Section
iii) iv)
Control system design details: See 2/7.19, Control System See 2/7.7, Electrical Systems and Equipment Design details for electrical systems and equipment:
7.15.2 Burner/Flare Booms Submit the following documentation for the burner/flare boom:
i)
Design basis for the burner/flare boom, including: Descriptions of the burner flare boom and associated components Equipment list Equipment technical specifications and data sheets Load cases and limit states for all design and operating conditions Assumptions used in the design analysis of the burner flare boom structure and associated components Design conditions, including: Environmental Operating Survival Lifting, if applicable
Combined load cases and limit states for all design and operating conditions Plans showing intended location of the boom on the installation Design references, codes, standards, or guidelines Design analysis methodology for the burner flare boom structure and associated components, and component analyses including computer modeling and computer program used Design temperature (maximum, minimum) Material specifications and material properties for all load-bearing components and bolts (if bolted design), including CVN testing requirements, as applicable
ii) iii)
Descriptions of all computer programs, analysis methodologies and limits, and other calculation procedures that will form the basis of the structural design and analysis Structural analysis report: Design load development and computer input for all design conditions Computer model geometry plots (group IDs, joint numbers, members and lengths, critical unity checks) Allowable stresses Computer stress analysis Computer output: support reactions, unity stress checks Justifications for any stress exceeding the stated allowable stress, as applicable General arrangement drawings Burner Flare Boom assembly drawings Geometry layout drawing; showing overall dimensions of burner flare boom and indicating the size of each member
iv)
Structural drawings:
42
Section
Detail drawings of the main structural elements of the burner flare boom, including: Details and sizes for main structural elements Material specifications and material properties for all load-bearing components and bolts (if bolted design), including CVN testing requirements, as applicable Bolt connections and tightening procedures Welding details and other methods of connection
Base plate and anchor bolt plan Bolts sheet
7.15.3 Pressure-Retaining Equipment See 2/7.21, Pressure-Retaining Equipment. 7.15.4 Piping System See 2/7.23, Piping Systems and Piping Components. 7.15.5 Pressure Relief Equipment Submit capacity calculations, sizes, arrangements, and material specifications for the pressure relief valves and depressurization systems. 7.15.6 Manufacturing Specifications See 2/7.27, Manufacturing Specifications. 7.15.7 Manufacturers Affidavit of Compliance See 4/3.1.2, Manufacturers Affidavit of Compliance.
7.17
Electrical Systems and Equipment Design plans and data are to be submitted for electrical systems and equipment in accordance with 4-3-1/5, 4-3-2/1, 4-3-3/1 and 4-3-4/1 of the ABS MODU Rules. See Subsection 3/19 of this Guide. Control Systems The following control system plans and data are to be submitted for design review, as applicable:
i) ii) iii) iv) v) Arrangement plans showing location of units controlled, instrumentation and control devices Design basis and specifications for control and instrumentation equipment Set points for control system components Control system operating and maintenance manuals (1 September 2012) Control system details: Details on hierarchy of controls: primary, secondary, emergency, etc., as applicable Details and description of interconnections between control systems Primary power source and emergency power source details, as applicable Volumetric capacity calculations for the accumulator systems, primary and secondary (as applicable) Hydraulic power unit (HPU) details/arrangements: Pump system details and arrangements Prime mover details Reservoir capacity and arrangements
7.19
Hydraulic, pneumatic, and electrical schematics

43
Section
vi) vii) viii) ix)
Pressure relief system: Arrangements, size, materials, back pressure and capacity calculations, as applicable Manufacturing specifications (see 2/7.27) Manufacturers affidavit of compliance (see 4/3.1.2)
(1 September 2012) FMEA, FMECA or similar analysis for control systems as defined in Subsection 3/15 for system, subsystem, and equipment (see 2/5.9) Documentation in accordance with the recognized industry standard is to be submitted for review to justify the safety integrity levels, when applicable [see 3/15.5.2(c)]. Calculations for control systems demonstrating the systems ability to react adequately to anticipated occurrences, including transients Arrangements and details of control consoles/panels, including front views, installation arrangements together with schematic plans and logic description for all power, control and monitoring systems, including their functions Type and size of all electrical cables and wiring associated with the control systems, including voltage rating, service voltage and currents, together with overload and short-circuit protection Schematic plans and logic description of hydraulic and pneumatic control systems together with all interconnections, piping sizes and materials, including working pressures and relief-valve settings Description of all alarm and emergency tripping arrangements and functional sketches or description of all special valves, actuators, sensors and relays Shutdown logic and/or shutdown cause and effect charts (1 September 2012) Hydrocarbon and sour gas detection system plans and data, including detectors, piping, set points, type of detectors, and location of alarm panels, and recalibration program for gas detectors
x) xi) xii) xiii) xiv)
7.21
Pressure-Retaining Equipment Unless required otherwise in 2/7.3 through 2/7.11, the following documentation for pressure-retaining equipment is to be submitted for ABS review and approval, as applicable:
i) ii) iii) iv) v) vi) vii) Design specifications, including design codes, standards, and references Design parameters: pressure rating (internal/external), temperature rating (min/max), loads, etc. Design analysis and/or calculations, as applicable Dimensional drawings and fabrication details Material specifications and material properties Details for manufacturing specifications (see 2/7.27) Manufacturers affidavit of compliance, as applicable (see 4/3.1.2)
See Section 4, Table 1, Approval Codes for Drilling Systems and Equipment for ABS approval requirements.
7.23
Piping Systems and Piping Components Design documentation is to be submitted for review and is to include the following information, as applicable:
i) Piping Systems: P&IDs for piping systems associated with drilling systems or subsystems Piping specifications, including material specifications Design parameters: pressure, temperature rating (min/max) Pipe stress and flexibility analyses, including design verification of erosional allowance due to fluid velocity
44
Section
ii)
Piping components are considered, but not limited to, pipes, valves, hoses, fittings, flanges, bolts, etc. Piping component design specifications to include the following information in accordance with piping standard rating, as applicable: Technical specifications Design pressure (internal/external) and/or pressure rating Design temperature (min/max) Fluid medium (specifically note if piping standard rating is for sour service) Design code and standards Corrosion/erosion allowances Wall thickness for each line size Material specifications including material properties Details for manufacturing specifications (see 2/7.27) Manufacturers affidavit of compliance (see 4/3.1.2)
See Section 4, Table 1, Approval Codes for Drilling Systems and Equipment for ABS approval requirements.
7.25
Flexible Lines/Hydraulic Hoses Flexible lines and hydraulic hoses documentation is to include, as applicable:
i) ii) iii) iv) v) Pressure (internal/external) and temperature (min/max) ratings Construction materials details/material specifications Design analysis Prototype testing procedures and data, as required by design code End connections and termination details, as applicable:

Stress analysis Material specifications Prototype testing procedures and data
vi) vii)
Manufacturing specifications (see 2/7.27) Manufacturers affidavit of compliance (see 4/3.1.2)
7.27
Manufacturing Specifications (1 September 2012) Manufacturing plans and/or fabrication details are to include, but not limited to, as applicable:
i) ii) iii) iv) Quality plan and specifications WPSs and PQRs and weld maps NDE procedures and maps Detailed Inspection and Test Plans (ITPs), including associated test procedures for system, subsystem, equipment or component, as outlined in Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide, as applicable during: Manufacturing Installation Commissioning In-service
45
Section
v) vi) vii)
Galvanizing procedures, as applicable Installation, and Commissioning plans and procedures Maintenance and Operating manuals
46
Section 3: Drilling Systems
SECTION
Drilling Systems
General (1 September 2012)

Drilling systems consist of multiple subsystems simultaneously operating to bore a hole on the subsea floor. Drilling systems typically consist of the following systems, subsystems, equipment and/or components:
Drilling Systems
Well Control
Blowout Preventers (BOP) Lower Marine Riser Package (LMRP) Marine Drilling Risers Diverter System Choke & Kill Systems Well Circulation (HP) Auxiliary Well Control Equipment Secondary Well Control Systems - Acoustic - ROV Interface Emergency Well Control Systems - Deadman - Autoshear - Emergency Disconnect System (EDS)
Drilling Support
Derrick/Mast Mud Conditioning/Return Cementing Conductor Tension System/Unit Drill String Compensators Riser Tensioning Hoisting Equipment Lifting/Cranes Pipe/Riser/BOP Handling Rotary Equipment Hydraulic Power Units (HPUs) Well Test Hydrocarbon Disposal - Burner - Flare Boom
Support
Storage - BOP, LMRP, Xmas-tree, etc. - Bulk Materials and Transfer - Risers - Tubulars - Fluids Nitrogen Generation and Charging Hydraulic and Pneumatic Systems and Equipment Utilities ans Instrument Air Chemical Injection Unit Sea Water
This Guide provides detailed procedures for ABS approval of drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components for Classification of a drilling system. The term Classification, in this document, indicates that a drilling system and its equipment have been designed, constructed, tested, installed and surveyed in compliance with relevant ABS Rules, Guides, this Guide or other recognized standards. The following is to be considered in ABS Classification of Drilling Systems: i) The drilling system, subsystems, equipment, and/or components are to be designed and manufactured in compliance with the recognized codes and standards, as listed in Appendix 1, and the additional requirements specified in this Guide. Where a certain aspect of the design is not in compliance with the recognized code, standard or the requirements of this Guide, the specific variations are to be advised and justified and will be specially considered by ABS in accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide, on a case-by-case basis. ABS approval requirements for typical drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components are outlined in Subsection 4/1 and Section 4, Table 1, Approval Codes for Drilling Systems and Equipment of this Guide.
47
ii)
iii)
Section
Drilling Systems
Well Control System

(1 September 2012) The well control systems and associated subsystems and equipment are categorized as follows: Blowout Preventers (BOP) Lower Marine Riser Package (LMRP) Marine Drilling Risers Diverter System Choke & Kill Systems Well Circulation (HP) Auxiliary Well Control Equipment Control Systems Secondary Well Control Systems Acoustic ROV Interface Deadman Autoshear Emergency Disconnect System (EDS)
Emergency Well Control Systems:
The well control systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components are to be in compliance with the following API standards and the additional requirements of this Guide:
Blowout Preventer (BOP) System and Equipment Lower Marine Riser Package (LMRP) Choke and Kill System and Equipment Diverter System and Equipment Marine Drilling Riser System Auxiliary Well Control Equipment Mud Circulation System and Equipment BOP Stack Structural Frame API Spec 16A, Spec 16D API RP 53, RP 59 API Spec 16A, Spec 16D, Spec 16F, Spec 16R API RP 16Q API Spec 6A, Spec 16C, Spec 16F API RP 53, RP 59 API Spec 6A, Spec 16D API RP 53, RP 64 API Spec 16A, Spec 16F, Spec 16R API RP 2RD, API RP 16Q, API Bull. 16J API Spec 7-1, Spec 16A API RP 53 See Subsection 3/9 API RP 2A WSD AISC
FMEA/FMECA or similar analysis for major systems, subsystems, equipment or components, and integrated systems.
3.1
Blowout Preventer System and Equipment Typical components of the BOP system and equipment would include ram and annular type BOPs, BOP stack structural frame, accumulators, connectors, clamps, drilling spools, spacer spools, control systems/consoles/ panels, control pods, umbilical, flexible/jumper lines (choke, kill, mud booster and hydraulic), hydraulic hoses, MUX (multiplex), cable reels, rigid piping, hydraulic power units, manifold, ROV interface, test stump and testing equipment.
3.1.1 Blowout Preventer Stack Configuration (1 September 2012) i) BOP stack configurations are to be in general agreement with API RP 53, applicable national regulations and the additional requirements as listed below.
ii)
A documented risk assessment is to be performed by the equipment owner/operator for all classes of BOP arrangements to identify ram placements and configurations, including annular and tubular(s), for well control management.
48
Section
Drilling Systems
iii)
As a minimum, the BOP stack is to consist of the following preventers: One (1) annular preventer One (1) blind-shear ram preventer Two (2) pipe ram preventers Two (2) shear rams for moored or dynamically-positioned units, one being a blindshear ram and the other to be a casing shear All ram preventers are to be provided with locking devices
iv) v)
The BOP stack configuration is to be able to close BOPs on all sizes of drill pipe, drill collars and casing that may be used within a drilling program. The ram-type BOP positions and outlet arrangements on subsea BOP stacks are to provide reliable means to handle potential well control events. Specifically for floating operations, the arrangement is to provide means to: Close in on the drill string, casing or liner and allow circulation Close and seal on open hole and allow volumetric well control operations Strip the drill string using the annular BOP(s) Hang off the drill pipe on a ram-type BOP and control the wellbore Shear logging cable or the drill pipe and seal the wellbore Disconnect the riser from the BOP stack Circulate across the BOP stack to remove trapped gas
vi) vii) viii)
Systems of valves complying with the requirements of 3/3.5 are to be provided. For subsea BOP, the use of drilling spools is not recommended in order to reduce the overall height of the subsea BOP stack arrangements. Spacer spools can be used to provide separation between two (2) drill-through components with equal-sized end connections (nominal size designation and pressure rating). If installed, spacer spools for BOP stacks are to meet the following minimum specifications: Have a vertical bore diameter the same internal diameter as the mating equipment Have a rated working pressure equal to the rated working pressure of the mating equipment Are not to have any penetrations capable of exposing the wellbore to the environment, without dual isolation capabilities
ix)
The BOP equipment is to be designed for the specific drilling envelope, and suitable for the intended facility. The BOP manufacturer is to specify and to attest to BOP stack minimum and maximum capability with regard to the following, including shearing and pressuretemperature capabilities: Tubulars Wire lines Water depth Pressure Temperature
x)
The BOP structural frame and lifting attachments are to be designed considering applicable loads as specified in 2/5.7 of this Guide and in accordance with the requirements of API RP 2A-WSD or other recognized standards. Allowable stresses are to be in accordance with design standards and/or AISC.
49
Section
Drilling Systems
3.1.2
Control Systems for Blowout Preventers Surface and Subsea (1 September 2012) i) The control systems and components (hydraulic, pneumatic, electric, electro-hydraulic, etc.) are to comply with Subsection 3/15 of this Guide and are to be in compliance with API Spec 16D and API RP 53.
ii)
Calculations are to demonstrate compliance with the standards referenced above for the hydraulic fluids volumetric capacity of the accumulator system, pump system and reservoir capacity, including the rapid discharge systems. Well control systems and components are to comply with the functional requirements of API RP 53, and this is to include response time, pump system sizing, arrangements, and charging of accumulator systems. Arrangements and installation of well control systems, subsystem, equipment and/or components are to incorporate the layout objectives as specified in 2/1.3 of this Guide to maintain operational capability of well control. As a minimum, two (2) full-functioning well control panels are to be provided: One (1) well control panel is to be at the drillers station or cabin and where it is protected from drilling activities. A second well control panel is to be located in a nonhazardous area, as defined in the ABS MODU Rules (see 4-3-5/7.1), API RP 500 or API RP 505, without having to cross the drill floor or cellar deck, and is to be arranged for easy access in case of emergency.
iii)
iv)
3.1.2(a) Well Control Panels i)
ii) iii) iv)
Well control panels are to be accessible and functional at all times. Well control panels are to be mutually independent (i.e., directly connected to the control system, and not connected in series). For the subsea BOP stack, adequate measures are to be provided to prevent accidental unlatching of the wellhead connector until the well is secure, such as two-hand function, two-step action, protective cover or equivalent. Shear ram functions are to be two-hand function, two-step action, protective cover or equivalent. The well control panels are to include controls for at least, but not limited to: Close or open of all rams, annular preventers, and choke and kill valves on BOP stack Diverter operations Disconnect of riser connector (floating installations) Emergency disconnect (DP units) Mechanical locking of rams, as applicable
v) vi)
3.1.2(b) Hydraulic Fluid Capacity and System for BOP Stack. For a subsea or surface BOP stack, stored energy using hydraulic fluids and accumulators are to be provided with required capacity, volume and pressure, calculated in accordance with API Spec 16D for specified closing and shearing functions, and demonstration of adequate functional capacity in accordance with API RP 53, and the requirements of this Guide. i) The minimum precharge pressure for the BOP system is to be determined based on the following in accordance with API Spec 16D and API RP 53, as applicable: BOP stack configuration and minimum required operator pressure MASP and BOP rated working pressure Water depth Hydraulic fluid properties Local regulations Operational sequence
50
Section
Drilling Systems
ii)
The required hydraulic fluid capacity is to be calculated in accordance with API Spec 16D to perform the following functions: a) Subsea BOP stack: 1) 2) 3) 4) b) 1) 2) 3) To close and open one (1) largest volume annular-type preventer from full-open position To close and open four (4) largest ram-type preventers from full-open position To open valve(s) on BOP stack for one (1) flow path To close all ram locking devices, as applicable To close one (1) largest volume annular-type preventer from full-open position To close four (4) largest ram-type preventers from full-open position To open valve(s) on BOP stack for one (1) flow path
Surface BOP stack:
iii)
The calculations for the precharge pressure [3/3.1.2(b)i)] and hydraulic fluid capacity [3/3.1.2(b)ii)] are to consider the operational sequence during well control to provide sufficient hydraulic pressure and fluids for the shearing operation for the specified operational sequence and without pumps being operative. When stripping accumulators are installed on BOP stack, subsea or surface, additional hydraulic fluids volumes are to be provided in addition to 3/3.1.2(b)ii) of this Guide. The additional hydraulic fluids required are to be based on the BOP hydraulic operator rated working pressure, and the minimum specified precharge pressure of the stripping accumulators. For hydraulic fluid drawdown tests, the system is to have sufficient usable fluid volume as required by API RP 53 to demonstrate the following: a) b) To perform all functions specified in 3/3.1.2(b)ii) of this Guide for subsea or surface BOP stack, respectively, against zero wellbore pressure while pumps are inoperative. The remaining pressure after completion of 3/3.1.2(b)ii) of this Guide for subsea or surface BOP stack, respectively, is to be 1.38 MPa (200 psi) or greater, above the minimum precharge pressure.
iv)
v)
3.1.2(c) Secondary and Emergency Well Control Systems. Secondary and emergency well control systems, such as acoustic (if installed), deadman and autoshear systems, are to be provided for DP or moored units with dedicated rapid discharge system with dedicated subsea accumulator unit. The main hydraulic supply for the secondary and emergency well control systems can be powered by a shared dedicated subsea accumulator unit. The accumulator capacity, volume and pressure, is to be calculated in accordance with API Spec 16D and is to consider all applicable closing sequences to shut in the well. i) Floating installations or dynamically-positioned units require the following independent emergency well control systems and safety features. These systems are to be designed in accordance with API Spec 16D: ii) Deadman System Autoshear System
Acoustic control system, if provided on drilling unit, is to be designed in accordance with API Spec 16D. The acoustic control is to be a portable control unit, which can be handled by one person, and is to be available for the closing of the BOPs in the event of evacuation from the facility.
51
Section
Drilling Systems
iii)
Subsea BOP stack is to be equipped with ROV intervention equipment and control systems, and is to be provided with the following provisions: a) ROV intervention equipment which at a minimum allows the closing of one set of pipe ram, closing of one each blind-shear rams, and unlatching of the LMRP. These functions are to operate independently of the primary BOP control system. ROV interface and/or receptacles are to be in accordance with ANSI/API RP 17H.
b)
3.1.3
Blowout Preventer Equipment 3.1.3(a) Design Requirements
i)
(1 September 2012) Surface and subsea, ram and annular blowout preventers, including workover and well servicing BOPs, ram blocks, annular packing units, valves, wellhead connectors, drilling spools, adapter spools and clamps are to be designed, fabricated and tested by the respective manufacturers for compliance with API Spec 6A, Spec 16A, and the additional requirements of this Guide. Hydraulically-operated wellhead, riser and choke and kill line connectors are to have redundant mechanisms for unlock and disconnect. The secondary unlock and disconnect mechanism may be hydraulic or mechanical, but must operate independently of the primary unlocking and disconnect mechanism. In addition to the design conditions/loads listed in 2/5.7 of this Guide, the design of preventers is to consider the following loads, as applicable: The weight of a specified length of drill string suspended in the pipe ram preventer Loads induced from the marine drilling riser Two (2) shear rams must be installed as for DP units, or Lifting or lowering of main hoisting system is to be possible in all operational conditions, including emergency operation. The main hoisting system is to be included in the emergency power source.
ii) iii) iv)
v)
On fixed units, if the tool joints cannot be sheared, the following is to be considered:
vi) vii)
The blind-shear rams are to be capable to seal after shearing operation. (1 September 2012) The shear rams are to be capable of shearing the largest section and highest-grade of tubulars (drill pipe, casing, wireline, etc.), as applicable, in accordance with API Spec 16A, and API RP 53, as applicable, or the specified drilling program. (1 September 2012) The shearing capacity calculations for the shear rams are to consider the following, simultaneously, as applicable: MASP (surface) and/or well head pressure (subsea) Forces to shear highest-grade of tubulars Rated working pressure of BOP Frictional force Shearing ratio
viii)
Shear test data (historical and/or project specific) to justify and validate shear capacity calculation are to be submitted. ix) The annular, pipe and blind ram BOP operator design pressure is to consider the following, simultaneously, as applicable: MASP (surface) and/or well head pressure (subsea) Rated working pressure of BOP Frictional force
52
Section
Drilling Systems
x) xi)
Procedures to test preventers during manufacturing and on-site are to be developed and submitted for ABS review. For subsea BOP and associated components such as valves, control system components, sealing components, elastomeric components, etc., are to be designed with consideration to marine conditions and external pressure gradient due to rated water depth. All nonmetallic materials are to be suitable for the intended service conditions, such as temperature and fluid compatibility. Materials are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide. Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as applicable. Blowout preventer manufacturers are to provide the Owner/Operator with product operations and maintenance manuals to assist in the safe operation of each assembly on each installation. The manufacturers recommended maintenance schedules are to be available for each component of the assembly. These schedules are to prescribe maintenance routines.
xii) xiii) xiv) i) ii)
3.1.3(b) Operations/Maintenance Manuals.
3.3
Lower Marine Riser Package (LMRP) Typical components of the lower marine riser package, including connectors, flex joints, and adapter spools are to be designed, fabricated, and tested by the respective manufacturers for compliance with API Spec 16F, API Spec 16R and API RP 16Q and the additional requirements of this Guide.
The LMRP package typically includes an annular BOP that is to be designed, fabricated, and tested in accordance with 3/3.1 of this Guide, API Spec 16A, API Spec 16D and API RP 53, and the additional requirements of this Guide. i) Lower marine riser package disconnect arrangements are to be designed for all possible operating and loading conditions. The loading conditions of the LMRP are to consider, but not limited to, the following: ii) Riser angle min/max Side loads Bending loads Currents External pressure due to static head Internal pressure Top tension min/max
The LMRP design is to consider the induced loads as defined in API Spec 16F and API RP 16Q, as a minimum, for the following modes: Installation Drilling Retrieval Storage and maintenance Hang-off Drifting
iii) iv)
(1 September 2012) For dynamically-positioned floating units, an emergency disconnect system (EDS) is to be provided. (1 September 2012) The emergency disconnect is to initiate and complete disconnection in correct sequence. A typical emergency disconnect sequence would be: Blind-shear Close well Disconnect LMRP
v)
LMRP and associated components, such as valves, control system components, sealing components, elastomeric components, etc., are to be designed with consideration to marine conditions and external pressure gradient due to rated water depth.
53
Section
Drilling Systems
vi)
Adapter spools for BOP stacks are to meet the following minimum specifications: Have a minimum vertical bore diameter equal to the internal diameter of the mating equipment Have a rated working pressure equal to the lowest rated end connection of the mating equipment
vii)
LMRP structural frame and lifting attachments are to be designed with consideration to all applicable loading conditions. The applicable structural design code and standard, including loading conditions, are provided in 3/3.1.1x) of this Guide.
3.5
Choke and Kill Systems and Equipment (1 September 2012) Typical components of the choke and kill system and equipment would include the choke and kill manifolds, including their chokes, spools, flanges and valves, choke and kill lines, connectors and flexible lines (drape hoses at moonpool area and jumper lines at LMRP), BOP stack fail-close valves, kill unit, connecting piping from the kill unit and/or cementing unit and drilling fluid manifold to the choke manifold, buffer tanks and control systems.
Choke and kill systems, manifolds, arrangements, and associated components are to be in compliance with the applicable codes and standards (API Spec 6A, API Spec 16C, API Spec 16F, API RP 53) and the additional requirements of this Guide. Alternatively, other recognized standards may be used when agreed to by ABS. When alternate codes or standards are proposed, comparative analyses are to be provided to demonstrate an equivalent level of safety to the recognized standards as listed in this Guide and to be performed in accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide. Piping, flexible lines and hydraulic hoses are to be in accordance with Section 5 of this Guide, and the standards listed above. Materials are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide, and the standards listed above. Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as applicable, and the standards listed above.
3.5.1 Choke and Kill Lines and Flexibles i) Choke and kill lines from the BOP stack to the choke manifold are to be equipped with two (2) valves each installed on the BOP stack.
ii)
For surface BOP stacks, one of these two valves is to be arranged for remote hydraulic operation. For subsea BOP stacks, these two valves are to be arranged for remote hydraulic operation. Hydraulically-operated valves are to be fail-close valves to seal upon failure of the control system pressure.
The design pressure of the pipes, valves, flexible lines, connectors, fittings, and the choke manifolds from the BOP stack to the isolation valve downstream of the choke is to be the same as that of the ram-type BOPs or greater. For subsea BOP stack, the line connected to the lowermost outlet of the BOP is to be designated as the kill line. Placement of this outlet is to be below the lowermost well control pipe ram. For surface BOP stack, a documented risk assessment is to be performed to determine the type and placement of valves (hydraulic, manual, and/or check) for the designated kill line. This is to be submitted for ABS review and approval. One (1) choke line and one (1) kill line connection is to be located above the lower most ram BOP.
iii)
iv)
v)
54
Section
Drilling Systems
vi)
The choke line that connects the BOP stack to the choke manifold and lines downstream of the choke are to: Be as straight as practicable; turns, if required, are to be targeted Be firmly anchored to prevent excessive dynamic effect of fluid flow and the impact of drilling solids and/or vibration Supports and fasteners located at points where piping changes direction are to be capable of restraining pipe deflection in all operating conditions Have bore of sufficient size to prevent excessive erosion or fluid friction due to velocity End connectors are to be in accordance with the applicable parts of Section 5 of this Guide.
vii)
For flexible lines, the requirements contained in 5/3.7 of this Guide are applicable.
3.5.2
Components of Choke and Kill i) For rated working pressure of 20.7 MPa (3000 psi) and above, only flanged, welded or clamped connections, and rated hammer unions are to be used. See Section 5 of this Guide for additional piping component requirements.
ii) iii) iv) v)
For choke end connections, only flanged, welded or clamped connections, and rated hammer unions are to be used, regardless of rated working pressure. For rated working pressure less than 69 MPa (10000 psi), the minimum size for the choke lines is to be 50.8 mm (2.0 in.) nominal diameter. For rated working pressure of 69 MPa (10000 psi) and higher, the minimum size for the choke lines is to be 76.2 mm (3.0 in.) nominal diameter. For drilling of HPHT wells, gas wells and other drilling operations where high volume air or gas may be expected, the minimum internal diameter for valves and pipes downstream of the last HP valve (isolation valve downstream, next to the choke) is to be 101.6 mm (4.0 in.) internal diameter. Minimum size for vent lines downstream of the choke is to be at least the same internal diameter as for the chokes end connections. When buffer tanks are utilized, provisions are to be made to isolate a failure or malfunction without interrupting flow control. All choke manifold valves subject to erosion from well control are to be full-opening and designed to operate in high pressure gas and abrasive fluid service.
vi) vii) viii)

3.5.3
Arrangement of Choke Manifold i) The choke and kill manifold assembly is to include the following:
a) b) c) d)
The choke manifold is to be designed for a minimum of three (3) chokes, of which at least one (1) is remotely controlled and one (1) is manual. Any one of the chokes is to be capable of being isolated and replaced while the manifold is in use. Choke and kill manifold is to permit pumping or flowing through either choke or kill line. For subsea BOP, the arrangement is to allow circulation through all chokes through either choke or kill line, without interference from pumping through the other line. A remotely controlled adjustable choke and a manual choke system to permit control through either the choke or kill line. Tie-ins to both drilling fluid and cement unit pump systems.
55
e) f)
Section
Drilling Systems
ii)
The manifolds downstream of the choke are to be designed to minimize erosion or abrasion from high velocity flow, by avoiding sharp bends. If 90 degree cannot be avoided, these should be buffered by targeted flanges. Each of the manifolds inlet and outlet lines is to be fitted with an isolation valve with the pressure-temperature rating as the choke inlet and outlet accordingly. The choke manifold is to have an alternate discharge outlet: a) b) To avoid a single failure, blockage or washout impairing the manifold operation To permit flow to a mud-gas separator, to well test facilities/flare boom and emergency discharge overboard
iii) iv)
v)
The routing downstream of the chokes to mud-gas separator or discharge overboard are to be provided with an alternate path for redundancy so that eroded, plugged, or malfunctioning parts can be isolated without interrupting flow. In the event the capacity of the mud-gas separator is exceeded, the choke manifold is to have the capability to divert flow to alternate locations for emergency discharge, such as flare or discharge overboard (port and starboard), as applicable. The minimum internal diameter for such routing downstream of the isolation valve is to be 127 mm (5.0 in.) internal diameter.
vi)
vii) viii)
3.5.4
The bleed line (bypassing the chokes), if installed, is to be at least equal to or greater than the internal diameter to the choke line. The Joule-Thompson effects are to be considered in the design and material selections of choke and kill manifold and downstream piping and associated components.
Mud-Gas Separator (Poor Boy) i) Mud-gas separator is to be designed and manufactured in accordance with ASME Section VIII Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code and Subsection 3/17 of this Guide.
ii) iii) iv) v) vi) vii)
Mud-gas separator is to be vented to the atmosphere through the vent line. Pressure relief valve or rupture disc is not considered necessary as the mud-gas separator is vented to the atmosphere. Vent line is to be provided without any restriction. Precautions are to be taken to prevent erosion at the point the drilling fluid and gas flow impinges on the vessel wall. Design pressure of the mud-gas separator is to be determined by the vent line being filled with mud at 2.2 SG, or the specified maximum mud weight. The vent line is to be sized and designed to minimize backpressure in order to assist with separation of gas from the mud. As a minimum, the following guidelines are to be considered for the design of the vent line: The maximum design backpressure in the vent line is to allow for the maximum specified gas flow without gas breaking through the mud outlet liquid seal with the design mud/condensate weight of 0.6 SG Heavier design mud/condensate S.G can be used with technical justifications in accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide with Owner/Operators approval. Where heavier design mud is used, continuous injection of the heavy mud into the liquid seal is required.
viii)
Mud-gas separator is to be provided with a high level sensor (LSH) or equivalent for notification of re-routing of flow from choke to overboard or alternate route. Alternate arrangements for the LSH sensor will be specially considered by ABS.
56
Section
Drilling Systems
ix)
Mud-gas separator is to be equipped with provisions to prevent gas blow-by to the mud condition equipment downstream of the mud-gas separator and for the notification of manual or automatic re-routing of flow from choke for overboard discharge or to stop the flow. These provisions are to be achieved by: a) b) Pressure and temperature monitoring, and Passive liquid seal: 1) 2) Liquid seal is to be a minimum of 3 meters (9.84 ft) for general purpose drilling operations. For HPHT operations, the liquid seal is to be a minimum 6 meters (19.69 ft).
x)
Provisions are to be provided for monitoring of liquid seals by: a) b) Measuring the differential pressure at the liquid seal, or Monitoring the mud-gas separator with a low-level sensor (LSL) or equivalent for notifications to rig personnel to take corrective action to prevent gas blow-by.
xi) xii) xiii) xiv) xv)

3.5.5
Mud-gas separator and liquid seal is to be equipped for easy clean out and drain at lowest point. Drain line is to slope downward to prevent backflow. Sizing of the mud-gas separator is to be performed in accordance with SPE Paper No. 20430: Mud-Gas Separator Sizing and Evaluation. Piping is to be in accordance with the requirements of Section 5 of this Guide. Materials are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide. Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as applicable.
Degasser Degasser design and arrangements are to comply with the requirements of API RP 13C and the additional requirements of this Guide.
i) ii) ii) iv) v) vi) vii)

3.5.6
Degasser is be designed and manufactured in accordance with ASME Section VIII Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code and Subsection 3/17 of this Guide. Piping systems are to be in accordance with Section 5 of this Guide. Materials are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide. Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as applicable. Typically, the degasser is designed so that it can be operated under partial vacuum to assist in removing the entrained gas. Provisions are to be incorporated to vent gas to the appropriate location. The degasser is to be placed as the first stage in the mud conditioning system to reduce the possibility of gas breaking out of the drilling fluid in the mud treatment pits.
Mud Returns and Processing The mud return system includes flowline, degasser, gumbo shaker, shale shaker, desilter and desander (if installed), agitator, mud pit, mud tanks, pumps, mixing tanks, hoppers, volume measuring systems, etc.
Mud return and processing systems, and associated equipment design and arrangements are to comply with the requirements of API RP 13C and the additional requirement of this Guide. i) ii) The piping system design is to allow the returns from the flowlines to installed mud conditioning equipment as listed above to the mud pit. The mud return system, associated equipment and piping systems are to be designed in accordance with Subsection 3/17 and Section 5 of this Guide.
57
Section
Drilling Systems
iii) iv) v)
3.5.7
Piping is to be in accordance with the requirements of Section 5 of this Guide. Materials are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide. Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as applicable.
Gas Vents i) Vent lines from mud-gas separator (poor boy) are to extend a minimum of 4 m (13 ft) above the crown block and to have a minimum nominal diameter of 250 DN (10 NPS).
ii) iii) iv) v)
For HPHT drilling operations, the vent lines are to have a minimum nominal diameter of 300 DN (12 NPS).
The vent line is to be as straight as possible, free of obstructions, and is to be sized and arranged to minimize backpressure in the upstream equipment of the vent line. The vent line from the mud-gas separator is not to be interconnected to any other vent lines. Vent lines are to be routed to avoid low point and to be self-draining to avoid accumulation of mud and to be sloped toward the mud-gas separator. Vent line from liquid seal siphon breaker of the mud-gas separator is: a) b) c) d) To be elevated at a minimum 10 meters (32.8 ft) above the mud-gas separator To have a minimum internal diameter of 100 mm (4.0 in.) To be as straight as possible, free of obstructions Not to be interconnected to other vent lines
vi)
Bypass lines to alternate locations from choke manifold, such as vent lines, flare or overboard (port and starboard), as applicable, must be provided in case of malfunction or in the event the capacity of the mud-gas separator is exceeded. These lines are not to be interconnected to the diverter lines. Overboard lines (port or starboard) are to be directed for discharge in downwind directions and away from the drilling facility. Routing along the diverter lines is preferred. Vent lines from degassers are to be: a) b) c) d) e) f) Individual lines As straight as possible Free of obstructions Free of water traps Sized and arranged to minimize backpressure Arranged to accommodate possible precipitation of fluid in the vent line
vii) viii)
ix)
3.5.8
The vent lines from the degasser must not be interconnected to any other vent lines.
Kill Unit Typical components of the kill unit would include pumps, connecting piping from the kill unit and cementing unit and drilling fluid manifold, pulsation dampeners and safety valves.
High-pressure kill unit (pump system) is to comply with the following requirements: i) ii) It is to be capable of pumping kill fluids at a pressure at least equal to the maximum anticipated injection pressure that may be encountered during well killing operations. It is to consist of at least two (2) pumps with each pump being powered by either: Dedicated internal combustion engine, or Electrically powered to be connected to a back-up power supply, independent of the main power supply
58
Section
Drilling Systems
iii)
Pumps required to transfer drilling fluid from the mud pits to the high pressure kill pumping system should also be connected to a back-up power supply, independent of the main power supply. It is to be equipped to allow the equipment operator to monitor the pressure, flow rate, and volume of the fluid being pumped. Materials used for discharge manifold components on pumps designated as kill pumps are to comply with 6/5.1 of this Guide regardless of minimum design temperature (MDT). Additional considerations to the kill unit are provided in 3/9.7 of this Guide. The control systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/15 of this Guide. Electrical systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/19 of this Guide. Piping systems and their components, and flexible lines are to be in accordance with Section 5 of this Guide. Materials used for well circulation systems and equipment are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide. Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as applicable.
iv) v) vi) vii) viii) ix) x) xi)

3.5.9
Control Systems for Choke and Kill Equipment i) The control systems and components (hydraulic, pneumatic, electric, electro-hydraulic, etc.) are to comply with Subsection 3/15 of this Guide and are to be in compliance with applicable codes and standards such as API Spec 16C, and API RP 53, and the additional requirements of this Guide (see also 3/3.1.2).
ii)
The choke control station, whether at the choke manifold or remote from the rig floor, is to be easily accessible and is to include all monitors necessary to furnish an overview of the well control situation. A minimum of one remote control station is to be away from the choke manifold and protected to avoid any human and equipment hazards caused by leakage from the manifold, valves or chokes. Any remotely operated valve and choke is to be equipped with emergency operation provisions as required by API Spec 16C. Alternative power sources other than specified in API Spec 16C can be utilized as long as the availability and redundancy of the system is equivalent or better. All remotely operated valves are to be provided with open and close indicators on the control panel. Remotely operated valves that have alternative means of local control in an emergency are to be provided with local markings to enable the operator to determine the valve positions. A choke position indicator showing the relative position of the choke trim or relative orifice size as a percent of fully open is to be provided at the control panel. All manual chokes and valves are to be provided with local marking or indicators to enable the operator to determine the valve positions, open or closed. Electronic pressure and temperature transmitters and analog gauges are to comply with the requirements of API Spec 16C, as a minimum. The instrumentation gauges and/or transmitter on the choke manifold are to be at a minimum: a) b) Analog test pressure measurements are to be made at not less than 25% and not more than 75% of the full pressure span. Electronic pressure gauges and chart recorders, or data acquisition systems are to be utilized within the manufacturers specified range.
iii)
iv)
v) vi) vii) viii) ix) x)
xi)
Electrical systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/19 of this Guide.

59
Section
Drilling Systems
3.7
Diverter System and Equipment (1 September 2012) Typical components of the diverter system and equipment would include annular sealing device (packer, housing), accumulators, diverter flex joint, overshot mandrel, overshot packers, overshot spool, diverter test tool, vent outlets, valves, power unit and piping, control systems/consoles/panels.
The diverter equipment and arrangements are to be in compliance with the requirements of API RP 64, API RP 53, API Spec 16D, and the additional requirements of this Guide.
3.7.1 Diverters i) A diverter with a securing element for closing around the drill string in the wellbore or open hole is to be provided when it is desired to divert wellbore fluids away from the rig floor.
ii)
The diverter is to be equipped with two (2) 10 in. or larger lines that are to be piped to opposite sides of the rig floor. Alternative arrangements will be specially considered with justification in accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide.
3.7.2
Diverter Valve Assembly i) Valves in the discharge piping are to be of the full opening and full bore type.
ii) iii) iv)

3.7.3
Valves and their actuators are to be sized to be capable of operating the diverter valve under all design conditions. During the operational tests at the manufacturers plant, a full design differential pressure opening test is to be carried out for each valve and actuator combination. The diverter valve assembly and a control system are to be designed to safely vent well bore fluids at the surface or subsea.
Control Systems for Diverters i) The diverter control systems and components (hydraulic, pneumatic, electric, electrohydraulic, etc.) are to comply with Subsection 3/15 of this Guide and are to be in compliance with API RP 64, API RP 53 and API Spec 16D. This also includes response time, volumetric capacity of the accumulator system, hydraulic reservoir, pump system sizing and arrangements.
ii) iii)
(1 September 2012) Any remotely operated valve is to be equipped with an emergency backup power source. The diverter system is to be controlled from two (2) locations; one is to be located near the drillers console/workstation and the other is to be located at an accessible location away from the well activity area and reasonably protected from physical damage from drilling activities on the drill floor. Both controls are to be arranged for ready operation by the driller. The control systems are to have interlocks so that the diverter valve opens before the annular element closes around the drill string. When the diverter element close function is activated, the return flow to the mud system is to be isolated. The range of diverter elements is to be suitable to seal on all sizes of drill string elements on which the diverter is required to operate. A relief valve is required to prevent overpressurization of the diverter packer. If applicable, the diverter system is to have an interlock system to prevent insert packer closure unless the insert packer is installed and the insert packer lock-down dogs are energized. All valves are to be provided with open and close indicators. Electrical systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/19 of this Guide.
iv) v) vi) vii)
viii) ix)
60
Section
Drilling Systems
3.7.4
Diverter Piping (1 September 2012) i) Pipe size, arrangement and support is to be determined with due consideration given to maximum pressure and maximum reaction loads, erosion resistance and the range of temperatures likely to be encountered in service.
ii) iii)
Discharge pipes slope downward from the diverter valves. Piping is to run as straight as practicable. Where changes in direction cannot be avoided, they are to be accomplished by employing targeted tees or elbows fitted with a doubler plate on the outside radius or elbows with a radius of 20 times the diameter of the pipe. Flexible lines are to be avoided where possible. When this is not practicable, data is to be submitted substantiating their suitability for the maximum pressure, maximum reaction loads, fire-resistance, erosion resistance, expected range of temperatures, and their compatibility to associated piping provided it is adequately supported and connected. Suitable pipe supports in accordance with ASME B31.3. Diverter outlet is to be provided with extra heavy pipe schedule. Piping systems are to be in accordance with Section 5 of this Guide. Materials are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide. Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as applicable.
iv)
v) vi) vii) viii) ix)
3.9
Marine Drilling Riser Systems See Subsection 3/5 of this Guide for specific requirements for marine drilling riser systems and associated components. Auxiliary Well Control Equipment Auxiliary equipment includes the upper and lower kelly valves, drill pipe safety valves, IBOPs, drill string float valves and kelly.
i) ii) iii) iv) Auxiliary well control equipment, such as kelly valves, drill pipe safety valves, IBOP, drill string float valves, are to be used in a rotary drilling system. For drilling installation using a top drive system, an automated or manual drill pipe safety valve must be installed. Materials are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide. Auxiliary well control equipment is to be in compliance with API Spec 7-1, API RP 53, and Section 5 of this Guide and the additional requirements of this Guide.
3.11
3.11.1 Kelly Valves i) The drill string is to be equipped with two (2) kelly cocks, one of which is to be mounted below the swivel (upper kelly cock), and the other at the bottom of the power swivel or kelly (lower kelly cock).
ii)
(1 September 2012) The lower kelly cock is a full-opening valve that backs up the upper kelly cock. For surface BOP stack, the lower kelly cock is to be sized so that it can be run through the blowout preventer stack. Testing of kelly cocks are to be performed bi-directionally and at a low and high pressure, with the low pressure tests first.
iii)
3.11.2 Drill Pipe Safety Valves i) A full-opening manual safety valve is to be available on the rig floor to be installed into the drill string immediately in the event of a kick occurring during a trip.
ii)
The wrench to operate the valve is to be readily accessible to the crew to perform this operation.
61
Section
Drilling Systems
3.11.3 Internal Blowout Preventer (IBOP) i) An internal blowout preventer or IBOP is a back pressure or check valve that is to be provided in the drill string.
ii)
IBOP is spring-operated and is locked in the open position with a removable rod lock screw.
3.11.4 Drill String Float Valve i) A float valve is to be installed just above the drill bit to protect the drill string from back flow or inside blowouts.
ii)
The two (2) most common types of floats are spring-operated piston (plunger) and flapper types.
Marine Drilling Riser System

(1 September 2012) Typical subsystems and associated components of the marine drilling riser system include the following: Riser tensioning system and equipment Riser recoil system Riser joints Riser couplings (connectors): mechanical, hydraulic, etc. Telescopic joints Pup joints Buoyancy devices Ball and flex joints Riser running equipment Special equipment, including fill-up valves, mud boost system, drag reducing devices
The marine drilling riser system and associated components listed above are to be designed and fabricated in accordance with applicable sections of API Spec 16R, API Spec 16F, API RP 16Q, API RP 2RD, API Bull. 16J, and the additional requirements of this Guide.
5.1
Riser Tensioning System and Equipment Typical components of the riser tensioning system would include accumulators, air/nitrogen compressors, air/nitrogen dryers, control systems/consoles/panels, hydraulic cylinders, HPU, piping, pressure vessels, tensioners, guideline, podline, wireline, sheaves for tensioners, telescopic arms, wire ropes, etc. The design of these components is to be in accordance with the applicable sections of this Guide.
5.1.1 Component Specific Requirements i) (1 September 2012) The riser tensioning system and associated components listed above are to be designed and fabricated in accordance with applicable sections of API RP 2RD, API Spec 16F, API RP 16Q and API Spec 16R, and the additional requirements of this Guide.
ii) iii)
The manufacturer is to establish a rated capacity through appropriate design analysis and prototype testing. (1 September 2012) Design analysis is to be submitted for review, showing that the drilling riser system and all associated components will not be overstressed at the rated capacity, either in axial loading, lateral loading or bending, overpressure at rated tensioning capacity in specified design conditions. Load-carrying parts are to be in accordance with 3/11.3.4 of this Guide, as applicable. (1 September 2012) Locking mechanism is to be in accordance with design codes and standards as referenced in 3/11.3.4 of this Guide. Hydraulic and pneumatic cylinders are to be in accordance with 3/17.3 of this Guide. Piping and hoses are to be in accordance with Section 5 of this Guide. Materials are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide. Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as applicable.

62
Section
Drilling Systems
5.1.2
Riser Recoil System (1 September 2012) Riser recoil system is to be provided to protect personnel and prevent damage to the drilling unit and to various equipment in the load path of the marine drilling riser system.
The riser recoil system is typically integrated with the riser tensioning system and its control system by incorporating various control valves, sensors, hydraulic/pneumatic energy sources, and computer-based control systems, etc. The riser recoil system is to control the released energy in the EDS event or upon failure of the marine drilling riser for all drilling operating conditions. This is to be achieved through the following: i) Design of the marine drilling riser recoil system is to consider emergency situations, such as an EDS event, failure of marine drilling riser, etc. during all phases of drilling operations such as deployment and retrieval modes, drilling, drifting, etc., as applicable. Riser recoil system is to complete an orderly and controlled shutdown of the riser tensioning system to a predetermined safe position, regardless of the sea state or location of the separation of the marine drilling riser. In the event of a separation at the bottom of the marine drilling riser, the riser tensioning system is to retract the marine drilling riser such that vessel motions do not result in a collision of the marine drilling riser with the BOP stack. Separation of the marine drilling riser near the tension ring, in the upper part of the marine drilling riser will result in a fast-acting recoil which must be dissipated within the available extension of the telescoping joint such that the drilling rig equipment cannot be damaged.
ii)
iii)
iv)
5.1.3
Control Systems for Riser Tensioning System i) The control systems and components are to be in accordance with the applicable sections of this Guide.
ii) iii) iv) v)
Provisions for load monitoring are to be provided for the riser tensioning system. The control systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/15 of this Guide. Electrical systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/19 of this Guide. Any remotely-operated valve is to be equipped with an emergency backup power source.
5.3
Marine Drilling Riser Operating Envelope Marine drilling riser operating envelope is to comply with the following requirements:
i) In order to provide a set of criteria for the drilling operation, an envelope of operating parameters is to be established, preferably in the form of a chart. The chart is to clearly show the limits not to be exceeded for each marine drilling riser type in use for any combination of applied loading conditions and the anticipated environmental conditions. Where applicable, consideration is to be given to the limits on dynamically-positioned or turretmoored drill ships and the heading change limitations imposed by the length of the choke and kill lines, and restrictions with the slip joint fluid ring. The development of the chart is to take into consideration all applicable loading conditions, load effects, mechanical stops or other limitations on the marine drilling riser system and any component of the drilling riser. The drilling riser is to be designed so that the maximum stress intensity for the operating modes, as described in API RP 16Q, is not to be exceeded.
ii)
iii)
iv)
63
Section
Drilling Systems
v)
The design limits or combination thereof for consideration in the design and structural analysis of the drilling riser system are to consider, but not limited to: Maximum stress Maximum deflection or curvature Fatigue for service life Strain Temperature Hydrostatic collapse
vi)
Maximum loading on specific components The drilling riser loads and load effects are to be considered in the design and structural analysis of the marine drilling riser system in conjunction with the design limits indicated above. The marine drilling riser loads effects are categorized as follows: Functional, as applicable: Nominal top tension Internal pressure External hydrostatic pressure Thermal Vortex-induced vibration (VIV) Hang-off Inertia Waves Wind Current Small dropped objects Normal handling impacts Tensioner failure Vessel constraints and/or offsets (DP, moored installations, etc.) Internally run tools Installation Weight of riser Weight of attachments and/or tubing Weight of tubing contents and annulus fluid (mud) Vessel motions (DP, moored installations, etc.) Seismic Ice Partial loss of station keeping capability Emergency disconnect
Environmental, as applicable: -
Accidental, as applicable:
5.5
Technical Requirements Marine drilling riser system technical requirements are to comply with the following:
i) ii) iii) iv) Marine drilling riser system is to be verified through global riser analysis. The design analyses of the individual marine drilling riser components are to be performed using loads obtained from a global drilling riser analysis. The marine drilling riser system and components are to be evaluated for the design conditions and service life criteria as indicated in 3/5.3 of this Guide. The individual components of the marine drilling riser system are to be adequately designed to withstand stresses expected throughout the service life of the particular component. In design, consideration is to be given to the maximum stress, fatigue damage, maximum deflection and stability against column buckling. The maximum permissible deflection of the drilling riser system is to be limited to that value which not would cause interference with the passage of any downhole tools that would be used in the different operating modes. The drilling riser running equipment, which includes the drilling riser running/handling tool, riser spider, gimbal and shock absorber (if applicable) is to be designed and rated in accordance with API Spec 8C and the additional requirements of this Guide.
v)
vi)
64
Section
Drilling Systems
vii) viii)
The mud boost system is to be provided with safety relief valves capable of protecting system equipment with the lowest pressure rating, including the marine drilling riser. Riser make-up and break-out equipment and procedures are to be provided for ABS review.
5.7
Design Documentation Design documentation is to include the reports, calculations, plans, manuals and other documentation necessary to verify the global riser analysis and structural integrity of the individual riser components. Additional documentation may be required based on the relative complexity of the marine drilling riser system or relevant conditions in the geographic area of operation.
5.7.1 Reports i) Reports are to fully describe the loads and resulting stresses for the global drilling riser system, individual components, and the operating and environmental conditions that produce those loads and/or restrict the ability of the drilling riser system to meet its designed function.
ii)
The environmental reports are to be based on appropriate original data. Data from analogous areas may be considered. The information contained therein is to include all environmental phenomena that would affect the drilling riser system. Data presented is to include tables that summarize wave height vs. percentage of time, wave height vs. direction, wave and overall current statistics for return periods of 1 year, 10 years and 50 years. Fatigue data is to be included. Design air and water temperature ranges are to be specified and suitably accounted for should their extreme values interfere with the operation of any system component.
iii)
iv) v)
5.7.2
System Calculations i) Design analyses are to be submitted that clearly demonstrate the capability of the marine drilling riser system to withstand the imposed loads for the intended operating envelope.
ii)
The operating envelope defines the range of individual operating conditions for which the drilling riser system is suitable and which also defines the boundaries for combinations of operating conditions within the acceptable ranges of individual conditions (e.g., the combination of offset, water depth, mud weight, etc.) Information to be clearly stated includes the following: Elevations of the components and riser joint types Riser section properties for each type of riser joint. This includes joint length, principal tube dimensions, overall drag diameter, number of attached lines, buoyancy devices, bare joint weight, total joint weight in air and water, material characteristics. Location and extent of any concentrated loads Details on the properties of the slip joint Details of ball/flex joints
iii)

5.7.3
Support Unit Reports This report is to contain any information pertaining to the supporting unit that affects the marine drilling riser system. Items to be included are unit response amplitude operators (RAOs), physical layout of the drilling floor, derrick and pipe racks, and auxiliary lifting equipment. Plans Plans are to include arrangement plans, elevations and plan views clearly showing in sufficient detail the overall configurations, dimensions and layout of the marine drilling riser system and all of its components. Plans are to be submitted for each type of connector used in the drilling riser system. See Subsection 2/7 of this Guide for additional details. 65
5.7.4
Section
Drilling Systems
5.7.5
Other Data This is to include information in support of novel features utilized in the marine drilling riser system. Novel features will be specially considered by ABS with justifications in accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide.
Conductor Tensioning System (1 September 2012)

Typical components of the conductor tensioning system equipment would include accumulators, control systems/consoles/panels, hydraulic cylinders, HPU, piping, pressure vessels, sheaves, wire ropes, etc.
6.1
Conductor Tensioning System Equipment The design of conductor tensioning system equipment and/or components is to be in accordance with the applicable sections of this Guide.
i) ii) iii) iv) v) vi) Load-carrying parts are to be in accordance with design codes and standards as referenced in 3/11.3.4 of this Guide. Pressure vessels are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/17 of this Guide. Hydraulic and pneumatic cylinders are to be in accordance with 3/17.3 of this Guide. Piping and flexible lines/hoses are to be in accordance with Section 5 of this Guide. Materials are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide. Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as applicable.
6.3
Control Systems for Conductor Tensioning System i) The control systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/15 of this Guide.
ii) Electrical systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/19 of this Guide.
Drill String Compensation System

The drill string compensation system can be categorized as follows: Active heave compensation (AHC) Passive heave compensation (PHC)
7.1
Drill String Compensation Equipment (1 September 2012) Typical components of the drill string compensation equipment, AHC and PHC, would include accumulators, air/nitrogen compressors, air/nitrogen dryers, compensators, control systems/consoles/panels, hydraulic cylinders, HPU, piping, pressure vessels, sheaves, wire ropes, etc.
Design plans and data are to include, but not limited to, as applicable: i) ii) iii) iv) v) Theory of operation is to be included in design plans and data The backup braking system Computer/control redundancy studies Fast and dead line compensation Traveling hose integrity
The design of these equipment and/or components is to be in accordance with the applicable sections of this Guide.
66
Section
Drilling Systems
7.1.1
Component Specific Requirements i) Load-carrying parts are to be in accordance with design codes and standards as referenced in 3/11.3.4 of this Guide.

7.1.2
Locking mechanism is to be in accordance with design codes and standards as referenced in 3/11.3.4 of this Guide. If the locking mechanism is in the load path, it is to be in accordance with 3/11.3.4 of this Guide, as applicable. Pressure vessels are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/17 of this Guide. Hydraulic and pneumatic cylinders are to be in accordance with 3/17.3 of this Guide. Piping and hoses are to be in accordance with Section 5 of this Guide. Materials are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide. Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as applicable.
Control Systems for Drill String Compensation i) The control systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/15 of this Guide.
ii) iii)
Electrical systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/19 of this Guide. Any remotely-operated valve is to be equipped with an emergency backup power source.
Bulk Storage, Circulation and Transfer Systems

The bulk storage, circulation and transfer system equipment can be categorized as follows: (1 September 2012) Bulk storage and transfer systems and equipment Cementing system and equipment Mud return (conditioning) system and equipment Well circulation system and equipment Mud-gas separator/Poorboy (see 3/3.5.4), and Degasser (see 3/3.5.5)
9.1
Bulk Storage and Transfer Equipment (1 September 2012) Typical components of the bulk storage and transfer equipment would include bulk storage vessels, utility air system, mixing station and transport or transfer piping.
i) ii) iii) iv) Provisions are to be made so that utility air used to transport cement or bulk mud is dried to a water dew point of at least 7C (13F) below the minimum ambient air temperature. All utility air piping is to be designed to be purged with dry air prior to transfer operations. The utility air transfer piping is to be fitted with relief valves set at a pressure not greater than the working pressure of the bulk storage tanks. Bulk storage vessels are to be fitted with safety relief valves or rupture disks piped to a safe relief area. Unless they are fitted with a relief line to an open area, the use of rupture disks is to be limited to tanks installed in open areas. A P&ID or equivalent schematic of the bulk transfer system is to be clearly posted at the operator station to facilitate operation of the system during various bulk transfer operations. The control systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/15 of this Guide, as applicable. Electrical systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/19 of this Guide. Piping systems and their components are to be in accordance with Section 5 of this Guide.
v) vi) vii) viii)
67
Section
Drilling Systems
ix) x)
Materials used for bulk storage and transfer equipment are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide. Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as applicable.
9.3
Cementing System and Equipment (1 September 2012) Typical components of the cementing equipment would include cement pump, centrifugal pumps for mixing cement, piping to and from cement pumps, pulsation dampeners and safety valves.
i) ii) iii) If the cement pumps are to be arranged to be capable of emergency well kill circulation, using the drilling fluid transferred from the mud pits, then compliance with 3/3.5.8 is required. Cement pump installations or modifications to existing installations are to be subjected to ABS review and approval. The interconnect lines between systems that are used only for emergency well kill circulation are to be fitted with blind or spectacle flanges, lockable valves or similar devices that can be opened as needed, but positively isolate the systems during normal operations. These flanges are to be clearly identified and labeled on the P&ID, and corresponding flanges or valves are to be appropriately identified and their function indicated. The cement manifold is to be rated to the ram-type BOPs pressure rating. The control systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/15 of this Guide. Pressure-retaining equipment associated with cementing equipment is to be in accordance with the requirements of Subsection 3/17 of this Guide. Electrical systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/19 of this Guide. Piping systems and their components are to be in accordance with Section 5 of this Guide. Materials used for cementing system and equipment are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide. Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide.
iv) v) vi) vii) viii) ix) x)
9.5
Mud Return System and Equipment (1 September 2012) Typical components of the mud return equipment would include agitators, chemical mixers, degassers, desanders, desilters, centrifuges, mud pits, dump tanks, piping from degassers to burners or vents, piping of mud return, shale shakers and trip tanks.
i) The mud circulating piping system is to be arranged so that the mud reconditioning system may be run in a series with the degasser, desander, desilter and centrifuge so as to prevent mud from entering other piping systems. The control systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/15 of this Guide. Pressure-retaining equipment associated with mud return equipment is to be in accordance with the requirements of Subsection 3/17 of this Guide. Electrical systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/19 of this Guide. Piping systems and their components are to be in accordance with Section 5 of this Guide. Materials used for mud return system and equipment are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide. Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as applicable.
ii) iii) iv) v) vi) vii)
9.7
Well Circulation System and Equipment Typical components of the well circulation equipment would include mud tank, mud pumps, charge pumps to pipe, pipe to kelly (rotary hose), vibratory hoses, mud booster hoses, standpipe manifold, standpipe, standpipe to kelly hose, gooseneck, top drive/ kelly, bottom-hole assembly (BHA), BHA to flowline, flowline to shale shaker, degasser, desilter, desander.
68
Section
Drilling Systems
High-pressure mud pumps are to be fitted with safety relief valves whose maximum setting is no higher than the maximum allowable pressure of the system. i) ii) Relief lines from the mud system are to be self-draining. Where rupture disk type pressure relief devices are installed, rupture disks are to be certified to meet a recognized standard and the disk assembly is to be subjected to survey in accordance with the manufacturers specifications. Rotary hoses in the well circulation system are to be designed and constructed in accordance with 5/3.7 of this Guide and API Spec 7K. Piping systems and their components, and flexible lines are to be in accordance with Section 5 of this Guide. Materials used for well circulation systems and equipment are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide. Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as applicable.
Mud-Gas Separator (Poor Boy), Degasser See 3/3.5.4 and 3/3.5.5 of this Guide. Mud, Cement and Kill Pumps (1 September 2012) The cement, mud, and kill pumps specified in 3/9.3, 3/9.7, and 3/3.5.8, respectively, are to comply with the following requirements:
iii) iv) v) vi)

9.7.1 9.7.2
i)
Fluid ends, pressure-retaining components, and mechanical load-bearing components including, but not limited to, gears, shafting, clevis linkages, gears of all types, keyways, splines, etc., are to be in compliance with API Spec 7K or equivalent recognized standard, and the additional requirements of this Guide. Materials and Welding/NDE used for major pressure-retaining equipment of the fluid ends and mechanical load-bearing components are to be in accordance with Section 6 and Section 7 of this Guide, respectively. The fluid end and associated manifolds (suction and discharge) are to be hydrostatically tested as required by Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide. Motor couplings and shafting are to comply with a recognized standard and be suitable for intended service in terms of maximum power and minimum operating temperature. The pumps are to be equipped with suitable vibration (pulsation) dampening devices. Installation of pulsation dampeners is not mandatory for cement pumps, when all of the following conditions are met: Where cement can potentially plug the dampening devices, Fluid-ends, discharge piping, and supports are designed and installed to withstand pressure pulsation and they are to be in accordance with recognized codes and standards, and Intermittent duty.
ii)
iii) iv) v) vi)
vii) viii) ix)
Discharge high pressure piping to comply with ASME B31.3, or equivalent recognized standard, and Section 5 of this Guide. The prime movers (electric motor or diesel) are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/21 of this Guide. Gears and couplings are to be in accordance with 3/21.5 and are to be suitable for their intended service in terms of maximum power rating, service life and minimum operating temperature.
69
Section
Drilling Systems
9.7.3
Control System for Well Circulation Equipment i) The control systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/15 of this Guide.
ii) iii)
Electrical systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/19 of this Guide. All valves are to be provided with open and close indicators.
11
Hoisting, Lifting, Rotating and Handling Systems

(1 September 2012) The hoisting, lifting, rotating and handling systems equipment can be categorized as follows: Hoisting Derricks/Mast Hoisting equipment/Drawwork Handling BOP/Tubular (Pipe/Riser) Rotary equipment Miscellaneous equipment
Lifting
11.1
Derricks/Masts
11.1.1 Recognized Codes and Standards i) Except as provided below, the design and fabrication of drilling derricks/masts are to be in accordance with API Spec 4F, the ABS MODU Rules, and the additional requirements of this Guide.
ii)
Alternatively, other recognized standards may be used when agreed to by ABS. When alternate codes or standards are proposed, comparative analyses are to be provided to demonstrate an equivalent level of safety to the recognized standards as listed in this Guide and to be performed in accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide, on a case-by-case basis. (1 September 2012) The following derrick/mast structural components are considered to be primary load-bearing structures: Upper section: crown shaft, main crown beam, main top beams/water table beams Lower section: legs, V door beams, shoes, and girths above and attached to the V door beams Main load path structural components
iii)
iv) v) vi)
Materials are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide. Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as applicable. Complete Data Book, as specified in Annex A A.3 SR3 of API Spec 4F, is to be provided for Surveyor review.
11.1.2 Design Loads For structural design of the derrick/mast, design loads, definition of forces and loads, and applicable loading conditions are to be in accordance with API Spec 4F, and as specified below:
i) ii) iii) iv)
Structure failure consequences are to be categorized as medium or higher, as defined in API Spec 4F for the Structural Safety Level (SSL). The derrick design is to consider both fixed and pinned boundary conditions. For fixed boundary condition, ABS allows a 20% increase in allowable stresses, as provided in API Spec 4F. The Owner/Operator is required to specify the geographic region of operation, the static loads (dead weight, hook load, static rotary load, fluid load, setback loads, etc.) and dynamic loads (inertial, dynamic amplification, erection, transportation, wind, transit, motion, acceleration, seismic, etc.) on the derrick/mast, as required in API Spec 4F. Additionally, the following loads are also to be given consideration, where applicable:
70
Section
Drilling Systems
a) b)
The accumulation of ice and snow on a structure in increasing its dead load. The wind-induced load is to be included in the design analysis of the derrick/mast structure and is to consider the following, as applicable: 1) The use of wind speeds higher than those provided in API Spec 4F, where required by the Owner/Operator, for regions not specified within API Spec 4F, ISO 19901-1, or API Bull 2INT-MET. The minimum wind velocity for unrestricted offshore service for all normal drilling and transit conditions is not to be less than 36 m/s (70 knots), as specified in 3-1-3/1.3 in the ABS MODU Rules. For host structures other than mobile offshore drilling units, such as production unit or fixed structure, the transit conditions are to be in compliance with ABS FPI Guide and ABS Facilities Rules.
2)
3)
For the ABS MODU Rules unrestricted service, the wind speed to be considered in the Survival Case (no hook load or setback loads) is not to be taken less than 51.4 m/sec (100 knots). If only CDS notation is required, it is not mandatory to use wind velocity higher than 51.4 m/sec (100 knots) for regional requirements as specified in API Spec 4F, ISO 19901-1, or API Bull 2INT-MET, unless required by Owner/Operator. When requested by Owner/Operator, higher wind velocity is to be used in accordance with regional requirements as specified in API Spec 4F, ISO 19901-1, or API Bull 2INT-MET.
4)
5)
When other static and/or dynamic loading conditions are proposed by the Owner/Operator, technical justification in accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide is to be applied, on a case-by-case basis.
c) d)
The use of a higher rated setback, where required by the operational demands of the Owner/Operator. Dynamic loading due to motion of the hull are to be provided, as specified below, by the Owner/Operator or designer as specified in API Spec 4F for installation, transit, operation, survival condition of the floating units, as applicable. The above conditions are not to be less than those specified in the ABS MODU Rules, ABS Steel Vessel Rules, ABS Facilities Rules, ABS Barge Rules, and ABS FPI Guide. 1) For the calculation of dynamic loading induced by floating hull motion, the vertical distance and the horizontal distance, where applicable, between the center of flotation of the host drilling unit and the center of gravity of the derrick are to be provided by the Owner/Operator to the derrick designer and are to be used in the calculations. The horizontal distance is to be considered in addition to the vertical distance in the transit condition for self-elevating drilling units. If motion analysis for floating structure is performed, the appropriate acceleration data from the analysis are to be provided for ABS review.
2) 3)
11.1.3 Live Loads for Local Structure and Arrangements i) The arrangement of members is to allow the free drainage of water from the structure.
ii)
The following are the minimum vertical live loads that are to be considered in the design of walkways: General Traffic Areas 4,500 N/m2 (94 psf) Working Platforms 9,000 N/m2 (188 psf) Storage Areas 13,000 N/m2 (272 psf)
71
Section
Drilling Systems
iii)
(1 September 2012) It is to be noted that various national and international regulatory bodies have requirements for the loading, arrangement and construction of local structure such as guardrails, ladders and walkways. ABS will include in the scope of ABS approval, based on these national and/or international regulatory requirements.
11.1.4 Allowable Stresses i) To prevent excessive stresses in structural members and connections, or buckling, reference is to be made to the allowable stress limits given in the AISC or other recognized standard.
ii)
AISC permits a one-third increase in permissible stress for loading conditions that include wind loads. Approval to increase AISC-specified stress limits by one-third is to be specially approved for loading conditions which include loads resulting from wind speeds less than 36 m/sec. (70 knots). Where the one-third increase is granted, it is to be verified that higher stress levels would not have resulted from a loading condition where the wind- and motion-induced loads were ignored and the one-third increase not used. That is, a static hook load analysis is to be performed without using the one-third increase in allowable stress. The extent to which fatigue has been considered in design is to be indicated in submitted design documentation. For allowable stresses in plate structures, refer to 3/11.1.5 of this Guide. (1 September 2012) Consideration is to be given in stress calculations to confirm that maximum stress loads include Jarring Procedures.
iii)
iv) v) vi)
11.1.5 Equivalent Stress Criteria for Plate Structures i) For plate structures, members may be designed according to the Von Mises equivalent stress criterion, where the equivalent stress, eqv, defined as follows, is not to exceed Fy/F.S.
ii)
The Factor of Safety (F.S.) will be specially considered when the stress components account for surface stress due to lateral pressures.
2 2 2 eqv, = x + y x y + 3 xy
where
x y xy
Fy
= = = =
calculated in-plane stress in the x direction calculated in-plane stress in the y direction calculated in-plane shear stress manufacturers guaranteed minimum yield point 1.43 1.11 for static loading for combined loading (includes dynamic loading)
F.S. =
11.1.6 Bolted Connections i) Where bolted connections are used in the derrick, the design documentation, including torqueing procedures, is to be submitted for ABS review.
ii) iii)
(1 September 2012) Bolted connections in the main load path such as on upper mast, foundation, and crown, etc. are to be provided with a locking mechanism. (1 September 2012) Bolted connections which can cause fall hazards are to be provided with secondary retention.
72
Section
Drilling Systems
iv)
Bolted connection designs are to consider the following: Fatigue Design loading in accordance with 3/11.1.2 Allowable stress in accordance with AISC
v) vi)
Bolt torqueing procedures are to include, but not limited to, sequencing, torque loads, etc. Bolt materials are to be selected with consideration to stress corrosion cracking, fatigue, marine environment, etc.
11.3
Hoisting Equipment (1 September 2012) Typical components of the hoisting system would include the crown block with its support beams, traveling block with its guide track and dolly, sheaves for the crown block and traveling block, deadline anchors, drawworks, drilling hook, top drive, drilling line and sand line, drilling elevators and links, hydraulic cylinders for overhead hoisting power swivel, bells, and rotary swivel, wire rope and hoisting equipment gears.
11.3.1 Drawworks i) Drawworks are to be provided with primary and independent emergency braking systems. Both braking systems are to be designed for full-rated load at rated speed.
ii) iii)
Drawworks emergency brakes are to be of a fail-safe design. Zone management principle is to be followed for all hoisting activity in order to provide additional safety to personnel and collision safeguard associated with drilling activities. Zone management consideration can be any one or combinations of the following: Markings Strobe light Proximity sensors Alarms
Drawworks control is to be provided with deceleration parameters for upper and lower limits for the traveling block/top drive to assist in stopping the load. Drawworks construction is to comply with API Spec 7F for chains and sprockets. All mechanical load-bearing components are to be in compliance with API Spec 7K. The mechanical coupling between the drawworks drum and the electromagnetic brake is to be provided with a system to prevent unintentional disengagement. Drawworks auxiliary brakes and all other electrical power and control systems are to be suitable for the intended hazardous area. The diameter of auxiliary brake shafts is to be determined by the following equation: d = 2.42 where d Y b m T M = = = = = = = = shaft diameter at section under consideration, mm (in.) yield strength (offset = 0.2%, ASTM E-8), kg/mm2 (psi) 0.073 + (19.5/Y) 0.073 + (27,800/Y) 121/(42.2 + Y) 172,000/(60,000 + Y) for SI or MKS units for US units for SI or MKS units for US units
6
(bT ) 2 + (mM ) 2
mm
d = 0.10
(bT ) 2 + (mM ) 2
in.
torsional moment at rated speed, kg-cm (lb-in.) bending moment at section under consideration, kg-cm (lb-in.)
73
Section
Drilling Systems
x)
For hydrodynamic brake systems, detailed drawings and supporting calculations proving that the proposed braking system is as effective as other drawworks braking systems are to be submitted for review. Electromagnetic dynamic brake systems are to be arranged to prevent inadvertent failure of the drawworks to suspend the derrick overhead load. Electromagnetic systems are to include the following provisions: a) b) Cooling water temperature and flow indicators and alarms for abnormal or upset conditions. An automatically activated emergency stop system capable of applying full braking torque to stop and lower the full-rated load by the application of friction brake or by connection of the electromagnetic brake to an alternative power supply A system that monitors either electrical faults within the system or the kinetic energy of the traveling block arranged to actuate the emergency stop system. Where a fault monitoring system is provided, provisions are to include the following: 1) 2) 3) System must be provided with emergency power source. Brake coil current Monitors that initiate emergency stop upon detection of a preset brake coil current or a brake coil current varying in proportion to the drillers control lever position Brake coil leakage current detector Audible and visual alarms at the drillers control panel to indicate when the limiting parameters of the auxiliary brake have been reached or when the emergency stop system has been activated In the case of AC motors using variable frequency drives for braking, an abnormality in any of the connected drives is to alarm to the drillers control station.
xi) xii)
c)
4) 5)
6)
d) xiii) xiv) xv) xvi)
A manual emergency stop button is to be installed within reach of the driller.
Drawwork designs, including drums and wire ropes, are to comply with the applicable part of 3/11.5.2 of this Guide. The control systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/15 of this Guide. Electrical systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/19 of this Guide. Gears and couplings are to be in accordance with 3/21.5 and are to be suitable for their intended service in terms of maximum power rating, service life and minimum operating temperature. Piping systems are to be in accordance with Section 5 of this Guide. Materials are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide. Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as applicable.
xvii) xviii) xix)
11.3.2 Power Swivels, Rotary Swivel, and Top Drives i) Power swivels, rotary swivel and top drives are devices used to rotate the drill string other than by means of the rotary table.
ii) iii) iv)

74
Power swivels, rotary swivel and top drives are to be designed in compliance with API Spec 8A or Spec 8C and the additional requirements of this Guide. Major mechanical load-bearing components are to be in accordance with the requirements of 3/11.3.4 of this Guide, as applicable. The control systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/15 of this Guide.
Section
Drilling Systems
v) vi) vii)
Pressure-retaining equipment is to be in accordance with the applicable requirements of Subsection 3/17 of this Guide. Electrical equipment is to be in accordance with the requirements of Subsection 3/19 of this Guide. Gears and couplings are to be in accordance with 3/21.5 and are to be suitable for their intended service in terms of maximum power rating, service life and minimum operating temperature. Piping systems are to be in accordance with Section 5 of this Guide. Materials for mechanical load-bearing or pressure-retaining equipment are to be in accordance with the material traceability and toughness requirements of Section 6 of this Guide. Welding and NDE are to be carried out in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as applicable.
viii) ix) x)
11.3.3 Safety Devices and Instrumentation i) The hoisting equipment is to have a weight indicator installed and the display is to be easily read from the drillers console.
ii)
Anti-crown collision/upper limits and lower limit safety devices are to be installed to prevent the traveling block from contacting the crown block. These safety devices are to be designed to be fail-safe. Testing intervals for the safety devices are to be agreed upon by the Owner/Operator, but is not to be less frequent than as specified by the drawworks manufacturer. If override to the uppermost limit of travel is provided, it is to be part of the testing, accordingly.
iii) iv)
11.3.4 Hoisting Equipment Specific Requirements i) Crown block, sheaves, traveling block, hook, tubular goods elevators and other overhead hoisting equipment are to be designed in compliance with API Spec 8A or Spec 8C and the additional requirements of this Guide.
ii)
The results of the prototype load test if required in API Spec 8A or Spec 8C along with design calculations for the component tested are to be submitted with the design specification outlined in Subsection 2/7 of this Guide. Wire rope is to be designed in compliance with API Spec 9A or equivalent. Main load-bearing weld connections are to be full penetration. Where partial-penetration welds are utilized, validation through design and fatigue analyses, manufacturing process and procedure qualifications (WPS and PQR) are required. Lighting fixtures and other equipment installed in the derrick are to be secured against vibration to prevent falling. Gears and couplings are to be in accordance with 3/21.5 and are to be suitable for their intended service in terms of maximum power rating, service life and minimum operating temperature. Materials for mechanical load-bearing or pressure-retaining equipment are to be in accordance with the material traceability and toughness requirements of Section 6 of this Guide. Welding and NDE are to be carried out in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as applicable.
iii) iv)
v) vi)
vii) viii)
75
Section
Drilling Systems
11.5
Lifting Equipment (1 September 2012) Typical lifting equipment are cranes (gantry, king post, knuckle boom, bridge racker), base-mounted winches, personnel handling devices, specialized automated handling equipment for lifting purpose, etc., that are used for pipe handling, riser handling, LMRP handling, BOP handling, and for other lifting activities associated with drilling operations.
11.5.1 Cranes (1 September 2012) i) Cranes are to be designed, constructed, and tested in accordance with the requirements of API Spec 2C or the ABS Lifting Appliances Guide.
ii)
When alternate codes or standards are proposed, comparative analyses are to be provided to demonstrate an equivalent level of safety to the recognized standards as listed in this Guide and to be performed in accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide, on a case-by-case basis. Design loads of the crane winches are to be the maximum line pull based on the design loading or the load created by dynamic braking, in accordance with the above design code. In either case, the distribution of loading from the reeving system is to be taken into account. Allowable stresses are to be in accordance with AISC or other recognized standard. Drums and brakes are to be in accordance with API Spec 2C or the ABS Lifting Appliances Guide. Wire ropes are to be in accordance with API Spec 9A or equivalent. Design loads of the crane cylinders are to be the loads applied by the crane boom(s), in accordance with the design code. Allowable stresses or minimum scantlings are to be in accordance with ABS Rules or other recognized standard. Design loading for crane accumulators and crane piping systems is the resultant pressure as a result of the design loadings from the design code. Zone management principle is to be followed for all lifting activity in order to provide additional safety to personnel and collision safeguard associated with drilling activities. See 3/11.3.1iii). The control systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/15 of this Guide. Pressure vessels are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/17 of this Guide. Electrical systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/19 of this Guide. Gears and couplings are to be in accordance with 3/21.5 and are to be suitable for their intended service in terms of maximum power rating, service life and minimum operating temperature. Piping systems are to be in accordance with Section 5 of this Guide. Materials are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide. Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as applicable.
iii)
iv) v) vi) vii)
viii) ix)
x) xi) xii) xiii)
xiv) xv) xvi)
11.5.2 Base-mounted Winches and other Lifting Devices 11.5.2(a) Design Loads. Design loads considered in the design analyses are to include, as appropriate, the following:
Recommended single line pull at specified speed, drum size and layers of wire rope Maximum load created by dynamic braking Dynamics created by drilling unit motion (where applicable) (1 September 2012) Where the final elevation of the load being lifting is higher than the winch elevation, the designer is to consider that the weight of active line towards winch is not to exceed the dead load.
76
Section
Drilling Systems
11.5.2(b) Design Standards and Factors of Safety. i) Bases and other structural steel components are to be designed in accordance with AISC or other recognized standard. Allowable stress for bending, tension, shear and buckling are to be as specified herein. Factors of safety and critical ratios for wire rope, drums, shafts and other parts are as follows: (1 September 2012) Wire rope for lifting application is to be rated in accordance with API Spec 9A or equivalent. Load-carrying member allowable stress is to be no greater than the following: F Fa Fa Fs where Fa F Fs Fy Fu Fcr iii) i) ii) iii) = = = = = = allowable stress in tension or compression allowable stress for buckling allowable shear stress material yield stress material ultimate stress critical buckling stress = = = = = Fcr/1.25 Fcr/1.55 Fy/1.33 (Fy + Fu)/3.25 0.577Fa for flat members for curved members Fy/Fu < 0.7 Fy/Fu > 0.7
ii)
In addition, any combined stresses are not to exceed Fa. All mechanical parts where failure could terminate the load-carrying capabilities of the systems are to be made of steel. Use of ductile iron for gears and drum and the use of aluminum for fabrication will be specially considered. (1 September 2012) Gears and couplings are to be in accordance with 3/21.5 and are to be suitable for their intended service in terms of maximum power rating, service life and minimum operating temperature. (1 September 2012) Piping systems are to be in accordance with Section 5 of this Guide. Materials are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide, as applicable. Welding, heat treatment and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as applicable. The drum capacity is to accommodate the recommended rope size and length necessary to perform the function required for the load-handling equipment. Plain or grooved drums will normally be considered acceptable, provided no less than five (5) full wraps of rope remain on the drum with the load in its lowest possible position. Other design specifications/standards will be subject to special consideration based on calculations submitted to ABS. Each drum end of the rope is to be anchored by a clamp attached to the drum, or by a socket arrangement approved by the hoist or rope manufacturer, providing for attachment of rope to the drum.
77
11.5.2(c) Materials and Fabrication.
iv) v) vi)
11.5.2(d) Drums. i) ii)
iii)
Section
Drilling Systems
iv) v) vi) vii)
The outermost wrap layer of a wire rope in any load case must be at least two rope diameters below the edge of the drum flange. The diameter of the drum is to provide first layer rope pitch diameter of not less than 18 times the nominal diameter of the rope used. Materials are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide, as applicable. Welding, heat treatment and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as applicable. (1 September 2012) Wire ropes are to be constructed in accordance with a recognized standard applicable to the intended service, such as API Spec 9A or equivalent. Usage records such as ton-mile records are to be maintained and wire rope changed out in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. Wire ropes used in non-manriding applications are to be replaced if damage exceeds manufacturers specifications for their rated capacity or if damage could affect smooth passage through sheaves. A power control braking means such as regenerative, dynamic, counter torque breaking, controlled lowering or a mechanically-controlled braking means are to be provided and are to be capable of maintaining controlled lowering speeds. Brakes are to set automatically upon loss of power or when the winch lever is returned to neutral. Brakes are to have the ability to stop and hold 100% of the design load with the outermost layer of wire on the drum. Thermal capacity of the brakes as outlined in the manufacturers ratings or charts is to be suitable for the intended services. Brake linings containing asbestos material are not to be used. Documentation and calculations for the braking effect of the AC motors are to be submitted when they are the only backup system to the disc brakes.
11.5.2(e) Wire Ropes. i) ii) iii)
11.5.2(f) Brakes. i)
ii) iii) iv) v) vi)
11.5.3 Personnel Lifting Devices (1 September 2012) 11.5.3(a) Personnel Elevators. Personnel elevators used for access from/to the drilling areas are to comply with Chapter 5 of the ABS Lifting Appliances Guide. Alternative design codes and standards will be specially considered by ABS with justifications in accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide.
11.5.3(b) Personnel Baskets. Personnel baskets also known as maintenance or service baskets are intended for lifting of personnel for access to work positions. Personnel baskets can be attached to other lifting equipment or can be a dedicated assembled unit (basket and lifting machinery). i) Structural and mechanical components are to comply with the ABS Lifting Appliances Guide, for personnel rating. Alternative design codes and standards will be specially considered by ABS with justifications in accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide. ii) iii) iv) A SWL is to be specified for the personnel basket, considering all applicable static and dynamic loads for intended service. The personnel basket is to be marked with the SWL and the maximum number of personnel it is designed to carry. The dimensional sizing of the personnel basket is to be based on the maximum number of personnel and working tools in the basket. For personnel basket dimensioning including working tools, guidance is provided in the ABS Guidance Notes for the Application of Ergonomics to Marine Systems.
78
Section
Drilling Systems
v)
The designer/manufacturer is to perform an FMEA of the assembled system, with consideration to the principal load-carrying components, torque transmitting, mechanical components in the load path, control system, HPU, power supply, etc. Safety principle of personnel basket system is to have positive load control at all times in order to prevent free-fall of basket upon failure and/or malfunction of system/component and/or their control system. All load control systems/mechanisms (e.g., brake, hydraulic cylinder, system etc.) are to be fail-safe in order to satisfy the safety principle of 3/11.5.3(b)vi). Provision is to be made for emergency stop of the basket operations by the operator(s) at the control station in the personnel basket, at a remote control station and/or at any other control station, as applicable. All slewing arrangements are to be provided with fail-safe system to have positive swing control all time. Control levers for personnel basket control systems are to return automatically to their center (neutral) positions upon release. Brake is to be automatically engaged when the control lever is returned to the neutral position. All brakes shall be designed to stop and hold the personnel basket at all operating speeds and configurations. The personnel basket is to be provided with anchorage point for attachment of personnel fall protection lanyards. The access gate on a personnel basket, including sliding or folding types, if installed, is to have a positive-acting device to restrain the gate from accidental opening. Swinging type access gates are to open only to the interior of the personnel basket. Provision is to be made for retracting and retrieving of personnel in case of emergency. The control systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/15 of this Guide. Hydraulic and pneumatic cylinders are to be in accordance with 3/17.3 of this Guide. Electrical systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/19 of this Guide and the ABS MODU Rules. Piping systems are to be in accordance with Section 5 of this Guide. Materials are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide and the ABS MODU Rules. Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as applicable.
vi)
vii) viii)
ix) x) xi) xii) xiii) xiv)
xv) xvi) xvii) xviii) xix) xx) xxi)
11.5.3(c) Manriding Winches. Manriding winches are to comply with the general requirements of this section. In addition, the following minimum criteria are to be complied with: i) ii) iii) iv) v) vi) vii) The personnel rated load is to be no greater than 20% of the load calculated in accordance with 3/11.5.2 of this Guide. The winch operating lever is to automatically return to neutral upon release from any position. All positions are to be clearly marked as to their intended function. Regardless of ton-miles, wire ropes used in manriding applications are to be replaced if kinks, rust, flattening, strand breakage or other physical damage is visible. All brakes are to be fail-safe. Brakes are to set automatically upon loss of power or when the winch lever is returned to neutral. A secondary brake is to be provided to prevent the load from falling in the event of failure of the primary automatic brake. A clutch capable of disengaging is not to be fitted.
79
Section
Drilling Systems
viii) ix) x)
Devices are to be fitted to prevent the winch from overriding or underriding, and a secondary means of lowering personnel is to be provided in case of winch or power failure. Wire rope for personnel lifting devices is to be in accordance with API Spec 9A or equivalent. Setting of upper limit is to provide at least a vertical clearance of six (6) feet from the upper block, and the lower limit is to be set so that the winch cannot be operated with number of wraps less than specified in 3/11.5.2(d) of this Guide. All winches are to be identified as Manrider Only and marked with their SWL. The control systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/15 of this Guide. Electrical systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/19 of this Guide.
xi) xii) xiii)
11.5.4 Lifting Attachments: Anchor Points and Pad Eyes (1 September 2012) i) Design loads and allowable stresses for lifting attachment are to be for offshore applications in accordance with the requirements of API RP 2A WSD or specified design code and standard.
ii) iii)
Lifting attachments are to be free from stress concentration points (e.g., geometric discontinuities, sharp weld edges, etc.). ABS approval of lifting attachments, including the connection/attachment to the structure, is based on their functional criteria, as follows, and testing in accordance with Lifting Attachments in Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide:
Functional Criteria a) Anchor points installed on derrick, mast, cranes, gantry, structural frames, etc., used for various operations such as lifting, slewing, rigging, deployment, retrieval, maintenance, etc., with designated safe working load (SWL). Lifting attachments installed on equipment used for routine operations such as lifting, moving, deployment, retrieval, maintenance, etc., with designated working load or SWL. Manriding purpose with designated safe SWL. Sea-fastening anchor points for drilling unit transit with no designated SWL. Anchor points used for secondary retention with no designated SWL and SWL > 0.25 MT. Temporary lifting attachments used during manufacturing, construction, installation, etc., with no designated SWL. ABS Review X Load Testing X
b)
c) d) e) f)
X X X NA
X NA NA NA
11.5.5 Safety Devices and Instrumentation (1 September 2012) i) All winches are to be marked with the maximum permissible load allowed for the winch and its system components.
ii)
Where pneumatic winches are provided: a) b) c) The air supply lines are to be sized to operate the winch at safe working loads (SWL). Isolation provision is to be provided for each winch at flexible connection. Motor exhaust is to be vented to a point where it will not present hazard to personnel and noise reduction devices are to be provided.
iii)
An air regulator and pressure relief valve, located upstream of the non-return valves, are to be provided to limit air supply pressure to the winch, and the supply lines serving the winches are to be fitted with appropriate non-return valves and water separators/filters before the operating valves.
80
Section
Drilling Systems
11.7
Handling Equipment (1 September 2012)

11.7.1 BOP Handling Equipment Typical components of the BOP handling equipment would include horizontal BOP/X-mas tree transporter/skidders, seafixing, bulkhead guiding, handling cranes, etc.
i) ii)
BOP handling equipment is to be designed with consideration of loads, inertia, stability, pulling requirements, etc. Zone management principle is to be followed for all BOP handling activity in order to provide additional safety to personnel and collision safeguard associated with drilling activities. See 3/11.3.1iii). Major mechanical load-bearing components are to be in accordance with 3/11.3.4, as applicable, of this Guide. The control systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/15 of this Guide. Hydraulic and pneumatic cylinders are to be in accordance with 3/17.3 of this Guide. Electrical systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/19 of this Guide and the ABS MODU Rules. Piping systems are to be in accordance with Section 5 of this Guide. Materials are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide and the ABS MODU Rules. Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as applicable.
iii) iv) v) vi) vii) viii) ix)
11.7.2 Tubulars Handling Equipment Typical components of the tubular handling equipment would include elevators, finger boards, pipe racking, racking arms, stabbing boards, iron roughnecks, cranes, winches, and wire ropes, or any other handling devices used to aid in the transfer of drilling tubulars and marine drilling riser between the rotary table and storage areas.
i)
The drilling rig is to be equipped with hydraulic, pneumatic or mechanical equipment capable of lifting, transporting, suspending the drill pipe in the pipe rack, and making up or breaking out the drilling pipe. Zone management principle is to be followed for all tubular handling activity in order to provide additional safety to personnel and collision safeguard associated with drilling activities. See 3/11.3.1iii). All drill pipes, collars, tubing and casing that may be racked in the derrick are to have provisions to be secured in place. All storage racks are to be designed to prevent drill collars, pipe and other tubulars from being unintended release from the rack. Foundations and storage racks are to be designed to withstand the maximum anticipated setback load of the racked pipe, drill collars and other intended loads. Storage racks are to be provided with appropriate drip pans and drains to direct mud and other liquids to appropriate drain system. Major mechanical load-bearing components are to be in accordance with 3/11.3.4 of this Guide, as applicable. Cranes and winches are to be in accordance with 3/11.5 of this Guide. The control systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/15 of this Guide. Hydraulic and pneumatic cylinders are to be in accordance with 3/17.3 of this Guide. Electrical systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/19 of this Guide.
ii)
iii) iv) v) vi) vii) viii) ix) x) xi)
81
Section
Drilling Systems
11.7.3 Casing Stabbing Boards 11.7.3(a) Rails, Masts, Guides and Runners.
i)
The rails and masts supporting the casing stabbing board are to be securely attached to their supports, designed so that they are unable to open under operating conditions and capable of supporting the casing stabbing board in the event of the operation of the safety gear. The guides and runners are to be designed so that in the event of a roller or wheel failure, the platform cannot become detached from the mast. Plates that are capable of supporting the weight of the fully loaded platform are to be fitted at the bottom of the rail. Upper and lower limits are to be provided and tested before use. A minimum of two safety harness attachment points must be provided. The controls are to be arranged to stop the platform if the raising and lowering handle is released. Two (2) independent locking devices are to be provided. One (1) locking device is to be engaged when the lifting handle is in neutral and the second is to engage upon failure of the hoisting system. Fail-safe upper and lower limit switches are to be provided, as applicable. All platforms are to be fitted with sufficient anchoring points for safety harnesses. A non-slip surface is to be provided on the platform, and adequate handrails, midrails and toe-plates are to be provided in accordance with Section 5-3-1 of the ABS MODU Rules. The platform is to be fitted with a lock latch mechanism that secures it when it is not in motion. Additionally, adequate safety gear of the progressive type is to be provided, and designed so that it will be engaged within free fall conditions. Where two-point operation is used, the operator station in the basket is to override the remote. A safety override at the remote station is to be installed for use in the event that the workperforming personnel are incapacitated. Lifting is to be arranged for both raising and lowering of the platform. The arrangement is not to be such that it is possible to lower the platform by brake only. Means of lowering the man to the drill floor must be provided that will function in case of failure of the normal lifting mechanism. A speed-controlling device is to be provided which is designed to prevent the raising and lowering of the platform at speeds in excess of the tripping speed. The factor of safety for rope or chain is not to be less than 10:1. If rack and pinion systems are used, they are to be designed so that the failure of either a rack or pinion will not cause the platform to fall. The lifting system is to incorporate sufficient rope so that there are at least five (5) full turns of rope remaining on the winding drum when the platform is at its maximum level. The equipment associated with the operation of the casing stabbing board is to be securely anchored to the derrick structure. The anchorages for rope or chain are to be designed such that they will not be adversely affected by corrosion.
ii) iii) iv) v) i) ii)
11.7.3(b) Controls and Safety.
iii) iv) v) vi) vii) viii) ix)
11.7.3(c) Raising and Lowering i) ii) iii) iv) v) vi) vii) viii)
82
Section
Drilling Systems
11.9
Rotary Equipment (1 September 2012) Typical components of the rotary equipment would include master bushing and the rotary table, including its skid adapters and driving unit. The rotary table and its components are to comply with the following requirements, as applicable:
i) ii) iii) All mechanical load-bearing components are to be in compliance with API Spec 7K. Load-bearing beams are to be in accordance with 3-2-2/5 of the ABS MODU Rules and the requirements for structural materials in Section 6 of this Guide. The rotary table transmission and associated motor couplings and shafting are to comply with a recognized standard and be suitable for the intended service in terms of maximum power and minimum operating temperature. The control systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/15 of this Guide. Electrical systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/19 of this Guide. Piping systems are to be in accordance with Section 5 of this Guide. Materials are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide. Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as applicable.
iv) v) vi) vii) viii)
11.11 Miscellaneous Equipment (1 September 2012) Typical components that can be categorized under miscellaneous equipment in the drilling system could include manual tongs, power slips, tongs, catwalk, mechanical mousehole and any other handling devices used to aid in the transfer of drilling tubulars and marine drilling riser between the rotary table and storage areas.
i) All tongs are to be capable of being securely attached to the derrick mast or back-up post and anchored by appropriate means such as a wire rope line or stiff arm that will have a breaking strength greater than the force exerted by the tongs. Safety lines on tongs are to be positioned in such a manner that the tongs cannot rotate beyond anticipated limits. Power tong pressure systems are to be equipped with safety relief valves that are to be set no higher than the maximum working pressure of the system. Safety cables attached to kelly hose, tongs and other suspended equipment are to be properly secured to prevent their breaking loose in the event of a connection failure. Major mechanical load-bearing components are to be in accordance with 3/11.3.4 of this Guide, as applicable. The control systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/15 of this Guide. Hydraulic and pneumatic cylinders are to be in accordance with 3/17.3 of this Guide. Electrical systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/19 of this Guide and the ABS MODU Rules. Piping systems are to be in accordance with Section 5 of this Guide. Materials are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide and the ABS MODU Rules. Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as applicable
ii) iii) iv) v) vi) vii) viii) ix) x) xi)
83
Section
Drilling Systems
13
Well Test System

Well test systems are the facilities installed on vessels or mobile offshore drilling units (MODUs) for the purpose of evaluating the quality and/or quantity of the well fluid to determine whether the well is to be completed for production or plugged and abandoned. Well test systems may include well control equipment, process pressure vessels, piping and electrical components, control systems, burners and gas flares and burner/flare booms. i) ii) Systems mounted permanently for at least 30 months on an installation and are intended for extended tests or early production are also to comply with the ABS Facilities Rules. Temporary well test systems (for less than 30 months), including burner booms, burners, well test equipment, process pressure vessels, piping, burners and gas flares, and control/safety systems are also to comply with the requirements of this Guide. In addition to the requirements of this section, skid-mounted packaged equipment is to be in accordance with Subsection 3/23 of this Guide. Individual well test equipment and/or skid-mounted equipment structural interface with the drilling unit is to be verified for structural adequacy in accordance with the ABS MODU Rules.
iii) iv)
13.1
Well Test System and Equipment (1 September 2012) Well test systems, temporary or permanent, and equipment are to be in compliance with the applicable requirements of this Guide, the ABS Facilities Rules and the ABS Guide for Well Test Systems.
i) Well control equipment such as flowheads, test trees and ESD valves are to be suitable for the intended pressure. Design and fabrication are to be in accordance with recognized standards such as API Spec 6A, API Spec 16C, API Spec 6D, and API Spec 6AV1. Pressure-retaining equipment such as separators, heaters, treaters, nitrogen storage, surge and transfer tanks, etc., are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/17 of this Guide. At least two (2) relief valves or the equivalent are to be provided on test separators. The relief valve vent lines are to be led outboard at least 120 pipe diameters or connected to a suitable hydrocarbon disposal facility in accordance with 3/13.5 of this Guide. Any vent line valving is to be interlocked to provide one open flow path for all vents at any time. Well test oil/gas separators are to be in compliance with the requirements of API Spec 12J. Flexible lines are to be designed and constructed in accordance with 3-3/19.7 and Appendix 2 of the ABS Facilities Rules and 5/3.7 of this Guide. Pumps handling hydrocarbon are to be in compliance with the requirements of ANSI/API Std. 610. The well test system burner/flare boom structure is to be in compliance with 3/13.3 of this Guide and the ABS Guide for Well Test Systems. The control systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/15 of this Guide. Electrical components are to be certified for use for their intended service and classified areas as outlined in 3/13.9 of this Guide. Electrical installations are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/19 of this Guide. Skid structures are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/23 of this Guide. Piping systems and components are to be in accordance with Sections 5 of this Guide. Materials are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide. Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as applicable.
ii) iii)
iv) v) vi) vii) viii) ix) x)
xi) xii) xiii) xiv)
84
Section
Drilling Systems
13.3
Burner/Flare Booms
13.3.1 Design i) The use of the flare boom is to extend and support the burner/flare at a safe distance away from the drilling area. This is to limit exposure of personnel, equipment, and helicopter traffic to vent gas, flare exhaust, or flare radiation.
ii)
Flare and vent analysis are to be in compliance with 3-3/11.5 of the ABS Facilities Rules and the additional requirements of this Guide.
13.3.2 Design Loads i) The loads to be considered in the design of a boom structure are to include, as applicable:
ii) iii) iv)
Dead weight of structure, piping, fittings, rigging, snow and ice, walkways, guard rails, etc. Wind loads Thermal and impulsive loads resulting from the use of the flare Vessel motion-induced loads
The values of all design loads are to be listed in the submitted design documentation. Loads resulting from vessel motions and wind loads can be established using the procedures given in API Spec 4F. The derivation of loading conditions to be used in the design is to give due account of the operational requirements of the Owner/Operator, and are to reflect both the operational and stowed modes of the boom.
13.5
Hydrocarbon Disposal Facilities Hydrocarbon disposal facilities are to be designed for the intended flow stream composition to safely handle and dispose hydrocarbons. The following specific requirements are applicable:
i) ii) iii) iv) The sizing and design of the hydrocarbon disposal equipment (flare, flare tips, scrubber, piping, pump, atomization equipment, etc.) are to follow the principles of API Std. 521. Two (2) flares are to be provided on opposite sides of the installation to dispose hydrocarbon in an appropriate downwind direction. Flares and burner booms are to be arranged such that the incident heat on critical surfaces does not exceed 1500 BTU/hr/ft2 (including solar gain). In cases where crude oil is burned and atomization is used, atomization medium supply lines are to be provided with a non-return valve or some other approved means of preventing backflow of hydrocarbon into nonhazardous piping systems. Gas flare tip flow rate is generally not to exceed 0.5 Mach. (See API Std. 521).
v)
13.7
Surface Safety Systems A system of automatic and manual controls together with shutdown and operating procedures are to be provided in accordance with the principles of API RP 14C with due consideration given to the normal manning during well test operations. The following specific requirements are applicable.
i) ii) iii) iv) Process system pressure, level and temperature are to be monitored. Gas detection is to be provided in process areas. Visual and audible alarms are to be set at 20% and 60% (LEL) lower explosive limit and in the presence of H2S 10 PPM and 15 PPM. Fire-fighting equipment is to be adequate to water deluge process components with at least 10.2 liters per minute per square meter (0.25 gpm per square foot) of component surface area. Equivalent foam or dry chemical systems may be considered.
85
Section
Drilling Systems
v) vi) vii)
The arrangement of process components onboard is to allow for complete access to process controls and ingress for fire extinguishing agents. H2S gas detection systems are to be provided. Each well injection line is to be provided with a check valve located at a flowhead or test tree.
13.9
Classified Areas Classified areas are to be in accordance with the ABS MODU Rules, API RP 500 or API RP 505 and consideration given to the following:
i) ii) iii) iv) v) Hatches, companionways and ventilators within ten feet of classified areas are to be secured gas tight for the duration of the test program. Electrical equipment within classified areas is to be suitable for the hazard or de-energized. (1 September 2012) Areas around valves, socket hammer unions, and articulated piping are to be designated as Class 1 Division 2 (Zone 2) for a distance of 1 m. (3 ft). Fired heaters and diesel driven machinery (i.e., crude oil pumps, air compressors, etc.) are to have air intakes located at least ten (10) feet from any classified area. Exhausts are to be equipped with spark arresting devices and are to discharge outside classified areas.
13.11 Operational Procedures Operational procedures are to be submitted for ABS review and are to include, but not limited to, the following:
i) ii) iii) iv) v) vi) (1 September 2012) Production test plan for well testing Manning requirements (1 September 2012) Well test facility operations and testing procedures Process startup and shutdown procedures Fire-fighting procedures Emergency evacuation procedures
15
15.1
Control Systems
Control Systems
15.1.1 Control System General (1 September 2012) Control system is an assembly of devices interconnected or otherwise coordinated to convey the command or order. Control system can be hydraulic, pneumatic, electric, electro-hydraulic, acoustic, etc., or combination thereof.
The requirements below are to apply to well control systems, drilling systems and control systems covered by this Guide. i) The control system (hydraulic, pneumatic, electric, electro-hydraulic, acoustic, etc.) is to be designed where no single control system component failure is to lead to a failure of the controlled system or loss of control. FMEA, FMECA or similar analysis is to be conducted to demonstrate compliance with the above design principles. See 2/5.9 of this Guide. a) Failure Modes and Effects Analysis (FMEA). An FMEA is to be used to determine that any component failure will not result in the complete loss of control, the shutdown of the system or equipment being controlled, or other unsafe situation.
Note: Shutdown of the system or equipment being controlled may be permitted, provided such shutdown does not lead to an unsafe situation.
ii)
86
Section
Drilling Systems
b)
Failure Mode, Effects and Criticality Analysis (FMECA). An FMECA is an extension of the FMEA to include a criticality analysis that is used to identify the probability of failure modes against the severity of their consequences. Transfer between control stations only applies to drilling control systems and does not apply to BOP, EDS, choke and kill, and diverter control systems. Transfers between control stations are to comply with the following: 1) When control of the system or equipment is possible from more than one control location, control is to be possible only from one control location at a time. Clear method to transfer control between stations is to be provided. At each control location, there is to be an indicator showing which location is in control.
iii)
Transfer between control stations is to comply with the following requirements: a) b)
2) 3) iv) v) vi)
Maximum control system voltages: 250 VAC 50 Hz or 60 Hz or 250 VDC is to be the highest voltage in any of the control system panels. Visual and audible alarms are to be provided to indicate an alarm condition of a monitored parameter. Control panels are to be clearly labeled.
15.1.2 Logic Circuit Features Logic circuit is to comply with the following principles:
i)
When logic circuits are used for sequential startup or for operating individual components, indicators are to be provided at the control console to show the successful completion of the sequence of operations by the logic circuit and start-up and operation of the component. If some particular step is not carried out during the sequence, the sequence is to stop at this point. Manual override is to be fitted in vital functions to permit control in the case of failure of a logic circuit.
ii)
15.3
Control Systems for Well Control Equipment (1 September 2012) Control systems for well control include the BOP, EDS, choke and kill and diverter control systems, as applicable. These control systems are to comply with the following requirements:
i) The control system (hydraulic, pneumatic, electric, electro-hydraulic, acoustic, etc.) is to be designed where no single control system component failure is to lead to a failure of the controlled system, loss of control or loss of well control. The control system and components are to be in compliance with API Spec 16C, API Spec 16D and with applicable recommended practices such as API RP 53, API RP 59, and API RP 64. See 3/3.1.2, 3/3.5.9 and 3/3.7.3 of this Guide for control system requirements for individual well control systems and/or equipment. Computer-based control systems for well control are to comply with the requirements for control systems for well control equipment in 3/15.3 of this Guide and the requirements for computer-based system in 3/15.5.2 of this Guide. Computer-based control systems for BOPs are to also comply with the following additional requirements: Redundant processor, memory, and networks Local and remote I/O modules are to fail in a predetermined fashion when there is loss of communications with the processor. Input and Output channels are to be diagnostic type, where the program will read the diagnostic status of the I/O and perform safe actions. The program is to notify the operator if a channel fails
87
ii) iii) iv)
v)
Section
Drilling Systems
vi)
Alternative arrangements can be specially considered for surface BOPs, instead of redundant components, provided it can be demonstrated that the computer-based control system complies with the single control system component failure principle indicated in 3/15.3i) of the Guide. For example, an arrangement with a single processor does not appear to comply. However, an arrangement with a single processor along with additional arrangements that address the possible single control system component failure concept can be specially considered. This special consideration is subject to ABS review of the supporting documentation
vii)
FMEA, FMECA or similar analysis is to be conducted to determine compliance with the design principles of Subsection 3/3, 3/15.1, and 3/15.3 of this Guide. The Note of 3/15.1.1ii)a) is not applicable to control systems for well control equipment. The control systems are to be provided with additional measures to prevent accidental disconnection of the wellhead connector, the LMRP connector or the riser connector, such as two-hand function, two-step action, protective cover or equivalent. For BOP control systems where functions are executed manually, only visual indicators are required.
viii)
ix)
15.5
Electrical Control Systems and Computer-Based Systems (1 September 2012)

15.5.1 Electrical Control Systems Electrical control systems are to comply with 4-9-1/9 (except 4-9-1/9.9 and 4-9-1/9.11) of the ABS Steel Vessel Rules. For general definitions, 4-9-1/5 of the ABS Steel Vessel Rules may be used, as applicable. 15.5.2 Computer-based Systems A computer-based system is a system of one or more microprocessors, associated software, peripherals and interfaces. Programmable Logic Controllers (PLC), Distributed Control Systems (DCS), PC or server-based computation systems are examples of computer-based systems.
Computer-based systems are to comply with the requirements of 3/15.5.1 of this Guide and 4-9-6/3 (except 4-9-6/3.13 and 4-9-6/3.15) of the ABS Steel Vessel Rules. In addition, computer-based systems are to comply with the following: 15.5.2(a) Fail Safe. Computer-based systems are to be designed such that any of the systems components will not cause unsafe operation of the system or equipment being controlled. 15.5.2(b) FMEA, FMECA i) Additional detailed FMEA, FMECA or similar analysis is to be conducted for the computer-based systems covering all components to determine compliance with the design principles of Subsection 3/15.1 and 3/15.5 of this Guide. If the computer-based control system is for well control, the detailed FMEA, FMECA or similar analysis is to be conducted for the computer-based systems covering all components to determine compliance with the design principles of Subsection 3/3, 3/15.1, 3/15.3 and 3/15.5 of this Guide. When computer-based systems have safety-related control functions and the associated failure modes identified in the FMEA/FMECA result in an undesirable situation, special consideration may be given, provided the appropriate level of safety integrity has been provided. The appropriate level is to be determined by the application of a recognized industry standard, such as the IEC 61508 Series or the ANSI/ISA 84 Series. Further, documentation in accordance with the relevant industry standard is to be submitted for review to justify the appropriate safety integrity levels.
ii)
15.5.2(c) Safety Integrity i)
ii) iii)
88
Section
Drilling Systems
15.7
Safety Systems Equipment (1 September 2012) Systems are to comply with the following requirements:
i) ii) iii) iv) Means are to be provided to indicate the cause of the safety action. Alarms are to be given at each control location, including any local manual control positions when the system performs a safety action. Drilling systems or equipment shut down by a safety action is to be designed not to restart automatically, unless first actuated by a manual reset. All shutdowns are to be executed in a predetermined logical manner, as specified in the shutdown logic and/or shutdown cause and effect charts, and are to execute actions to: v) vi) Limit the severity of the incident Protect personnel Limit environmental impact
Shutdown systems are not to result in adverse cascading effects, The shutdown systems are to be designed such that when a shutdown is activated, any ongoing operations can be terminated without leading to an unsafe situation.
17
17.1
Pressure-Retaining Equipment (1 September 2012)

Pressure Vessels Pressure vessels are considered to be accumulators, heat exchangers, pulsation dampeners, separators (oil/gas), mud-gas separators, and degassers.
i) Pressure vessels are to be designed, constructed, and tested in accordance with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section VIII Div. 1 or Div. 2. Alternative design codes and standards will be specially considered by ABS with justifications in accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide. Pressure vessels utilized in drilling systems are to be submitted for ABS approval in accordance with 6-1-5/1.1 of the ABS MODU Rules. For the purpose of specifying the degree of survey and testing during the ABS approval process, pressure vessels are to be categorized in accordance with 6-1-5/Table 3 of the ABS MODU Rules, and Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide. Well test oil/gas separators are to be in accordance with the requirements of API Spec 12J. The design is also to be such that stresses due to acceleration forces arising out of the motion of the installation, stresses due to external nozzle loads and moments, and stresses due to any other applicable external forces, such as winds, are within the limits allowed by the design code. All pressure vessels, accumulators, heat exchangers, and separators are to be suitably supported and properly secured to skid structure or rig floor. Materials of manufacturing for pressure vessels are to be in accordance with the specified design code and Section 6 of this Guide, and appropriately selected for the intended service. Welding and NDE for pressure vessels are to be in accordance with the specified design code and Section 7 of this Guide.
ii) iii)
iv) v)
vi) vii) viii)
89
Section
Drilling Systems
17.3
Hydraulic Cylinders Hydraulic cylinders are to comply with the following requirements:
i) Design and manufacturing are to be based upon the strength criteria of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section VIII Div. 1 or Div. 2, National Fluid Power Association or other recognized standards. Hydraulic cylinders in critical load path and/or applications are to be submitted for ABS approval in accordance with Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide. Hydraulic cylinders that are part of overhead lifting or hoisting equipment are to meet 3/11.3.4 of this Guide, as applicable. Materials of manufacturing for hydraulic cylinders are to be in accordance with the specified design code and Section 6 of this Guide, and appropriately selected for the intended service. Welding and NDE for hydraulic cylinders are to be in accordance with the specified design code and Section 7 of this Guide, as applicable.
ii) iii) iv) v)
19
Electrical Systems and Equipment

Electrical systems and equipment are to comply with the ABS MODU Rules and are to comply with API RP 14F or API RP 14FZ. i) (1 September 2012) Compliance with industry standards, such as the following, will be specially considered: ii) API RP 500 API RP 505 API RP 2003 IEC 61892 IEEE C37.06.1 IEEE C37.20.6 IEEE Std. 45 IEEE Std. 142 IEEE Std. 242 NFPA 70 NFPA 496
ABS is prepared to consider other industry standards and practices for electrical equipment, on a case-by-case basis, with justifications through novel features and/or comparative analyses to be provided to demonstrate equivalent level of safety to the recognized standards as listed in this Guide, performed in accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide. All electrical components are to be designed to meet safe operating conditions by accounting for maximum and minimum temperatures and vibrations expected during service. Electrical equipment installed in a hazardous area is to be certified by an independent testing laboratory as suitable for the intended hazard.
iii) iv)
21
21.1
Rotating Machinery (1 September 2012)

Internal Combustion Engines Internal combustion engines are to comply with the following requirements:
i) ii) iii) iv) Engines are to be in accordance with the ABS MODU Rules. Engines installations are to be in accordance with NFPA Std. No. 37. The recommended service applications together with curves showing the recommended maximum standard brake horsepower within the recommended speed range for each service are to be submitted. Testing is to be performed under an approved quality assurance program or in the presence of the Surveyor, and the test report/data is to be included in the manufacturers affidavit of compliance.
90
Section
Drilling Systems
21.3
Rotating Electrical Machinery Electrical machinery (rotating) are to comply with the following requirements:
i) All rotating machines (if any) 100 kW (135 hp) and above are to be of an ABS-approved design in accordance with the ABS MODU Rules, tested in the presence of and inspected by the Surveyor, preferably at the plant of the manufacturer. For machines of less than 100 kW (135 hp), the tests may be carried out by the manufacturer whose certificate of tests (test reports) may be acceptable and is to be included in the manufacturers affidavit of compliance.
ii)
21.5
Gears and Couplings Gears and couplings are to comply with the following requirements:
i) All gears and couplings having a rated power of 100 kW (135 hp) and over are to be designed, constructed, certified and installed in accordance with AGMA, ISO or equivalent. ABS is to review the design and the gears are to be constructed under the attendance of the ABS Surveyor. All gears and couplings having a rated power of less than 100 kW (135 hp) are to be designed, constructed and equipped in accordance with recognized commercial and marine practice. Acceptance of such gears will be based on manufacturers affidavit stating compliance with a recognized standard, verification of gear nameplate data and subject to a satisfactory performance test after installation conducted in the presence of the Surveyor. Shaft couplings are to be designed in accordance to the requirements of a recognized standard such as API STD 671, ISO 10441 or equivalent. ABS is to review the design and the shaft couplings are to be constructed under the attendance of the ABS Surveyor.
ii)
iii)
23
Skid Mounted Equipment

(1 September 2012) A typical list of skid-mounted equipment that provides support to the drilling, completion, well testing operations, etc., includes, but is not limited to, the following: Utilities and instrument air Chemical injection Nitrogen generation and charging Hydraulics/Pneumatic power units (HPU) Sea water Pressure Wash Cementing skid Well test equipment Other temporary equipment
Skid-mounted equipment is to comply with the following requirements, as applicable: i) ii) iii) iv) v) vi) The control systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/15 of this Guide. Pressure-retaining equipment is to be in accordance with the requirements of Subsection 3/17 of this Guide. Electrical systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/19 of this Guide. Piping systems and their components are to be in accordance with Section 5 of this Guide. Materials are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide. Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide.
91
Section
Drilling Systems
23.1
Skid Structures Skid structures including the lifting attachments are to comply with the following requirements:
i) Skid structures for drilling system equipment packaged units are to be sufficiently rigid to support the mounted equipment and piping and, as required, to permit lifting during shipment without damage to the equipment or piping. Structural design calculations for skid units with a center of gravity height of more than 1.5 m (5 ft), or a maximum operating weight in excess of 10 MT (metric tons) or 22.05 Kips, calculated in dry conditions, are to be submitted for review. (1 September 2012) Lifting attachment, including the attachment to the skid structure are to be designed in accordance with the requirements of API RP 2A WSD and/or the ABS Lifting Appliances Guide. (1 September 2012) Load testing of the lifting attachments, including the attachment to the skid structure is to be performed in accordance with 3/11.5.4 and Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide.
ii)
iii)
iv)
23.3
Drip Pans Drip pans are to comply with the following requirements:
i) Drip pans are to be provided to contain liquid spills and leaks from skid-mounted equipment and piping, and to drain the liquid with adequate slope of 1 cm per meter (0.125 inch per foot) into open drain systems. A minimum 150 mm (6 in.) coaming around the entire perimeter of a skid is to be provided. (1 September 2012) Spill containment with less than 150 mm (6 in.) coaming arrangement is subject to special consideration (see 1/7.7, Alternatives). Calculations showing sufficient spillage containment for the skid are to be submitted for verification. Skid beams that extend above the drip pan may be considered as meeting the coaming requirement, provided that the drip pan is seal-welded to the skid beams.
ii) iii) iv) v)
92
Section 4: Scope of Drilling System and Equipment Approval
SECTION
Scope of Drilling System and Equipment Approval
General
This section provides detailed procedures for ABS approval of typical drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components for Classification of drilling system, that require design approval and survey in accordance with Section 4, Table 1. i) ii) iii) Section 4, Table 1 is provided as a general reference listing, and is not to be considered as the complete drilling system, subsystem, equipment or component listing. For drilling systems, subsystems, equipment or components not listed, the designer/manufacturer is to contact the appropriate ABS Technical office for guidance on the approval process. ABS is prepared to consider alternative design methodology and industry practice for drilling system, subsystems, equipment, and/or component designs, on a case-by-case basis, with justifications through novel features as indicated in 1/7.7 of this Guide.
Approval Process (1 September 2012)

ABS approval of drilling systems, equipment, and/or components is to be in accordance with the applicable codes and/or standards regarding design, fabrication, and testing, and is also to comply with the additional requirements of this Guide. i) Drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components, including drilling support systems, are to be approved according to the following general procedures: a) b) Design plans and data are to be submitted in accordance with this section and Subsection 2/7 of this Guide. ABS design review for issuance of the following documents (see 4/3.5 of this Guide): 1) 2) c) ABS approval letter/PDA Independent Review Certificate (IRC) [see Section 4, Table 1 and Appendix 3 of this Guide], as applicable
ABS survey at plant (see 4/3.3.1), and at installation and commissioning (see 4/3.3.2), as applicable, for issuance of the following documents (see 4/3.5 of this Guide): 1) 2) Survey Report (SR) [see Section 4, Table 1 and Appendix 5 of this Guide] Certificate of Compliance (CoC) [see Section 4, Table 1 and Appendix 4 of this Guide], as applicable
ii) iii) iv)
ABSs issuance of reports and certificates is to be in accordance with 4/3.5 and Appendices 3, 4 and 5 of this Guide. Approval of individual or unit equipment and/or components can be combined towards the approval of complete systems or subsystems. ABS design review, survey, and the issuance of applicable reports or certificates constitute the ABS Classification of the drilling system inclusive of the subsystems, equipment and components.
93
Section
3.1
Design Review Drilling system, subsystems, equipment, and/or components that require ABS design review and, subsequently, an ABS approval letter, and an IRC, as required for ABS Classification, are listed in Subsection 2/7 and Section 4, Table 1 and are detailed throughout this Guide.
i) ABS design review verifies that the design of systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components meets the requirements of this Guide and the specified design codes, standards, or specifications, as applicable. The manufacturer is to provide manufacturers affidavit of compliance in accordance with 4/3.1.2 of this Guide. (1 September 2012) Upon satisfactory completion of the design review process, ABS will issue an ABS approval letter/PDA, and an IRC, as applicable in accordance with 4/3.5 and Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide. (1 September 2012) ABS is prepared to consider manufacturers exception(s) to part(s) or section(s) of this Guide and/or the specified codes, and standards for drilling equipment and/or components, on a case-by-case basis, with justifications through: Stress calculations/analysis Finite element modeling/analysis Testing Historical performance/experience data Novel features, as indicated in 1/7.7 of this Guide
ii) iii)
iv)
In this case, the manufacturer must provide details of the exception(s) to part(s) or section(s) of recognized design standards in the Design Basis submittal, as referenced in Subsection 2/7 and clearly stated in detail on the manufacturers affidavit of compliance as specified in 4/3.1.2 of this Guide. v) (1 September 2012) It is recommended that at beginning of each project a kick-off meeting between the manufacturer/fabricator and ABS Engineering office engineer/project manager is to be scheduled in order, but not limited to:
3.1.1
Confirm and/or establish the main point of contacts (PoC) for the design review Confirm submission requirement for design review and manufacturing such as specification, drawings and/or documentation associated with the design and manufacturing process Review project design, manufacturing and delivery schedules Review and confirm project hold-points Review any proposed sub-contractor lists
Product Design Assessment (PDA) i) (1 September 2012) Equipment or components listed in Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide, that have PDAs available, the ABS design review and ABS approval letter are not required.
ii) iii)
3.1.2
It is to be noted that no changes can be made to the design details on the PDA from the date of issuance. Any design changes will require a revision to the PDA. Manufacturer/designers with existing PDAs for other equipment or components, not specified in Section 4, Table, 1 of this Guide will be specially considered.
Manufacturers Affidavit of Compliance (MAC) i) Manufacturers are required to provide a written affidavit of compliance stating that their products are designed, manufactured, assembled and tested in accordance with specified codes, standards, or specifications, and the additional requirements of this Guide, as applicable. The codes, standards or specifications must be stated in the manufacturers affidavit of compliance.
94
Section
ii)
(1 September 2012) ABS is prepared to consider manufacturers exception(s) to part(s) or section(s) of specified codes, and standards for drilling equipment and/or components, on a case-by-case basis, with appropriate justifications in accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide. In this case, the manufacturer must provide details of the exception(s) to part(s) or section(s) of recognized design standards in the Design Basis submittal, as referenced in Subsection 2/7 of this Guide and clearly stated in details on the manufacturers affidavit of compliance.
iii)
The manufacturers affidavits of compliance are to accompany the systems, subsystems or equipment placed onboard drilling units and are to be verified by ABS Surveyors prior to final Classification of the drilling system. (1 September 2012) See Appendix 2 of this Guide for an example of manufacturers affidavit of compliance and its contents.
iv)
3.1.3
Extension of Approval i) If drilling equipment and/or components have been previously approved by ABS, the manufacturer can request extension of approval for a new project, clearly stating that no changes have been made to the equipment and/or components from the previous approval.
ii)
If changes are made from previously approved equipment and/or components, documentation identifying and justification of the changes are required to be submitted for ABS review and approval.
3.3
ABS Survey
3.3.1 Survey at Plant i) ABS Surveyors attendance is required at the plant of manufacturing for drilling system, subsystems, equipment, and/or components approval, as indicated in Section 4, Table 1 and in accordance with Subsection 8/3 of this Guide.
ii)
(1 September 2012) In Section 4, Table 1, Testing at Vendor is to be performed for the system/subsystem/equipment/component level as required by the design codes and standards, and as specified in this Guide. This is to include, but not limited to, as applicable: Prototype testing, as required by the design codes or manufacturer specifications, etc. Hydrostatic pressure test Load testing Post-test NDE FMECA validations FAT
Depending on the type of the equipment and vendors manufacturing/testing facility arrangements or capabilities, it may not be possible to perform all required testing at vendors plant. In this case, the remaining testing is to be performed on-board facility. This issue is to be addressed and considered between vendor and purchaser (shipyard, owner, etc.). iii) Where final testing requires assembly and installation on-board a facility, a partial survey report will be issued by the attending Surveyor for the work and partial testing completed at the manufacturing facility. After final testing on-board, the attending Surveyor will issue the final survey reports or CoC. (1 September 2012) Upon satisfactory completion of the Surveyors witness of the completed drilling system, subsystems, equipment, and/or components manufacturing process, a survey report and/or CoC will be issued in accordance with 4/3.5.
iv)
95
Section
3.3.2
Survey at Installation and Commissioning (1 September 2012) i) ABS Survey for the installation and commissioning of drilling systems is to be performed in accordance with Subsection 8/5 and 8/7 of this Guide.
ii)
In Section 4, Table 1, Testing Onboard typically covers the testing of the assembled or integrated systems/subsystems/equipment/component. This is to include, but not limited to, as applicable: Hydrostatic pressure test to rated working pressure Functional testing Load test to the rated load of the assembled unit FMEA/FMECA validations testing in accordance with 2/5.11
3.5
Issuance of Certificates and Reports

3.5.1 ABS Approval Letter and Survey Reports i) Upon satisfactory completion of the ABS design review process, based on design plans and data as specified in Subsection 2/7 of this Guide, an ABS approval letter will be issued as indicated by Section 4, Table 1.
ii)
The ABS approval letter will describe the scope and results, including any applicable comments and correspondences for the design review performed of the submitted design plans and data, and the specified engineering criteria. The approved rating and/or capacity will be indicated for each system, subsystem, equipment or component in the ABS approval letter. (1 September 2012) The ABS Surveyor will issue appropriate survey report(s) (SR) for all survey activities as specified in Section 4, Table 1 and Subsection 8/3 of this Guide.
iii)
3.5.2
IRC and CoC (1 September 2012) i) Upon satisfactory completion of the ABS design review process and issuance of the ABS approval letter, based on the design plans and data as specified in Subsection 2/7 of this Guide for well control equipment or components, an Independent Review Certificate (IRC) will be issued when indicated by Section 4, Table 1, in conjunction with the ABS approval letter.
ii)
The IRC will describe the scope and results of the design review performed by ABS for the submitted design plans and data, and the specified engineering criteria. The approved rating and/or capacity will be indicated for each system, subsystem, equipment or component covered by the certificate. a) b) c) IRCs are issued for equipment model number. IRC is valid for five (5) years from date of issuance with no changes to the design and manufacturing specifications (see 7/27). Revalidation of IRC is required after five (5) years from date of issuance.
iii)
Upon issuance of an ABS approval letter, an IRC, and satisfactory completion of the required testing and survey, a Certificate of Conformity (CoC) will be issued when indicated by Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide. The CoC will affirm that, at the time of assessment and/or survey, the systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components met the applicable codes and standards, and the requirements of this Guide with respect to design, manufacturing and testing. a) b) CoCs are issued for each individual equipment manufactured/fabricated, based on equipment serial number, and CoCs are to be correlated to the IRC for the specific equipment model number.
iv)
v) vi)
Appendix 3 and Appendix 4 of this Guide provide examples of IRC and CoC, respectively. The contents of the IRC and CoC are to be specific to the equipment and its respective design parameters.
96
Section
3.7
Individual Equipment Approval: Non-Class Installation If specifically requested by the manufacturers, Owner/Operator, or designers, ABS can provide approval of individual equipment or components associated with drilling systems or subsystems in accordance with the requirements of this Guide, and where the installation unit may not be classed with ABS.
i) ii) The individual equipment approval processes are outlined in Subsection 4/3 of this Guide. (1 September 2012) The final installation and commissioning surveys, as outlined in Subsections 4/3i)c), 8/5, and 8/7 of this Guide, are the responsibility of the Owner/Operator.
3.9
Vendor Coordination Program Major projects are to be coordinated through the ABS Vendor Coordination Program in order to facilitate the progress of the ABS approval process for the drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components.
i) In such cases, an electronic database reflecting the contents of Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide will be made available to the key personnel associated with the project; the Owner/Operator, the manufacturer, designers/engineers and ABSs Engineers and Surveyors. Upon completion of each task outlined in Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide, the respective participant is to update the corresponding field in the database. The completed database is to be documented as part of the final ABS CDS Classification of the drilling system.
ii)
97
TABLE 1 Approval Codes for Drilling Systems and Equipment (1 September 2012)
Well Control Subsea and Surface, as applicable
Equipment Components Design Review & Approval Letter (7) IRC (4) MAC Survey at Vendor
(10)
98
Blowout Preventer Blowout Preventer Blowout Preventer Equipment Blowout Preventer Equipment Blowout Preventer Equipment Blowout Preventer Equipment Blowout Preventer Equipment Blowout Preventer Equipment ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012 Blowout Preventer Equipment
Section 4
CoC/ SR
Testing at Vendor
(1, 3, 10)
Testing Onboard
Testing Remarks
Assembled BOP System and LMRP System
SR
a and b2
Commissioning test to verify proper integrity and functionality of assembled BOP and LMRP Commissioning test to verify proper integrity and functionality of assembled BOP System
Assembled BOP System
SR
a and b2
Accumulators (Seamless)(9) Accumulators (Welded) Acoustic Control System (Accumulators, Transponder Receiver, Acoustic Control) Autoshear System
X X X
X X X
X X X
SR SR SR
b1 b1 a and b1
a and b2 a and b2 a and b2 a is the functional testing and failure modes validation, as required a is the functional testing and failure modes validation, as required a and b2 Onboard testing of assembled BOP stack. See Note 2 e See Lifting Attachment in this Table for test loads Shear rams are to be tested to rated/specified shear capacity in accordance with 3/3.1.3vii) Prototype testing in accordance with API Spec 16A See Note 2
SR SR & CoC SR
BOP Stack Assembly BOP Stack Structural Frame
X X
X X
X X
a and b1 e
a and b2
BOPs (Annular and Ram)
SR & CoC
a and b1
a and b2
Section
TABLE 1 (continued) Approval Codes for Drilling Systems and Equipment (1 September 2012)
Well Control Subsea and Surface, as applicable (continued)
(10)
CoC/ SR
Testing at Vendor
(1, 3, 10)
Testing Onboard
Testing Remarks
Blowout Preventer Equipment Blowout Preventer Equipment Blowout Preventer Equipment
Bonnet Assembly (Spare/Modification/ Repair)
SR & CoC SR & CoC SR & CoC
a and b1
a and b2
b1 is to be performed on wellbore side and on operator, individually. b2 is to be performed after assembly onto BOP See Note 2 See Note 2 If hydraulic or pneumatic controls, then b1 and b2 are required, as applicable a is the functional testing and failure modes validation, as required
Clamps Connector for Wellhead
X X
X X
X X
X X
b1 a and b1
a and b2 a and b2
Blowout Preventer Equipment
Control System/Console/Panel
SR
a and b1
a and b2
Blowout Preventer Equipment Blowout Preventer Equipment Blowout Preventer Equipment Blowout Preventer Equipment Blowout Preventer Equipment Blowout Preventer Equipment
Control Hoses (Hydraulic)(8) Control Pods (Blue and Yellow) with Test Stands Deadman System Drilling Spools Hose Reels (Hydraulic Hoses) Hydraulic Flexible and Rigid Piping Onboard, on Risers and on BOP/LMRP Stacks
X X X X X X X
X X
X X X
SR SR SR SR & CoC SR SR
b1 a and b1 a b1 a and b1 b1
a and b2 a and b2 a b2 a and b2 a and b2 a is the functional testing and failure modes validation, as required
X X X
X X X
99
Equipment Components Design Review & Approval Letter (7) X X X X X X IRC (4) MAC Survey at Vendor
(10)
100
Blowout Preventer Equipment Blowout Preventer Equipment Blowout Preventer Equipment Blowout Preventer Equipment Blowout Preventer Equipment ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012 LMRP LMRP LMRP LMRP LMRP LMRP
Section 4
CoC/ SR
Testing at Vendor
(1, 3, 10)
Testing Onboard
Testing Remarks
Hydraulic Power Unit (HPU), see 3/23, Skid Mounted Equipment MUX Cable Reels Spacer Spools Test Stump Test Tool
X X X X X
X X X X X
SR SR SR & CoC SR SR
a and b1 b1 and e b1 b1 a and b1
a and b2 a b2 b2 a and b2
a is the functional testing and failure modes validation, as required
Assembled LMRP System
SR
a and b2
Commissioning test to verify proper integrity and functionality of assembled LMRP System If annular is installed in LMRP, see Blowout Preventer Equipment above. See Note 2 For individual component testing, see the applicable component in this Table.
Annular Preventer Control System Emergency Disconnect System (EDS) Flex/Ball Joint Frame (LMRP)
SR & CoC
a and b1
a and b2
See Blowout Preventer Equipment X X X X X X X X X X SR SR & CoC SR a and b1 a and b1 e a and b2 a and b2 e See Lifting Attachment in this Table for test loads
Section
Equipment Components Design Review & Approval Letter (7) X X X IRC (4) MAC Survey at Vendor
(10)
CoC/ SR
Testing at Vendor
(1, 3, 10)
Testing Onboard a and b2 a and b2 a and b2
Testing Remarks
LMRP LMRP LMRP
Jumper Hoses (Choke and Kill, Mud Booster, and Hydraulic) Riser Adapter/Adapter Spool Riser Connectors for BOP Stack
X X X
X X X
X X X
SR & CoC SR & CoC SR & CoC
b1 a and b1 a and b1
See Note 2
Marine Drilling Risers See below Diverter Diverter Diverter Assembled Diverter System Accumulators (Seamless)(9) Accumulators (Welded) X X X X X X SR SR SR b1 b1 a and b2 a and b2 a and b2 If hydraulic or pneumatic controls, then b1 and b2 are required, as applicable a is the functional testing and failure modes validation, as required See Note 2 See Note 2 a is the functional testing and failure modes validation, as required See Note 2 Commissioning test to verify proper integrity and functionality of assembled Diverter System
Diverter
SR
a and b1
a and b2
Diverter Diverter Diverter Diverter
Diverter with Annular Sealing Device Flex/Ball Joint Hydraulic Power Unit (HPU), see 3/23, Skid Mounted Equipment Overshot Mandrel, Overshot Packers, Overshot Spool
X X X X
X X
X X X
X X X X
SR & CoC SR & CoC SR SR & CoC
a and b1 a and b1 a and b1 b1
a and b2 a and b2 a and b2 a and b2
101
Equipment Components Design Review & Approval Letter (7) X X X X IRC (4) MAC Survey at Vendor
(10)
102
Diverter Diverter Diverter Valves Choke and Kill ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012 Choke and Kill Choke and Kill Choke and Kill Choke and Kill Choke and Kill Choke and Kill Choke and Kill
Section 4
CoC/ SR
Testing at Vendor
(1, 3, 10)
Testing Onboard b2 a and b2 a and b2
Testing Remarks
Piping System Test Tool
X X X
X X X
SR SR SR & CoC
b1 a and b1 a and b1
See Note 2
See Note 2 Commissioning test to verify proper integrity and functionality of assembled Choke & Kill Systems If hydraulic or pneumatic controls, then b1 and b2 are required, as applicable a is the functional testing and failure modes validation, as required See Note 2 See Note 2 See Note 2
Assembled Choke and Kill System
SR
a and b2
SR
a and b1
a and b2
Choke and Kill Connectors Choke and Kill Valves Choke and Kill Manifolds including Buffer Tanks, Chokes, Spools and Valves, Union and Swivel Joints Choke, Kill Flexible (Drape) Lines Flexible Lines, Connectors, End Fittings, Choke, and Kill Rigid Lines Rigid Piping, Hammer Union Emergency Circulating Pump (Pressure Side)
X X X
X X X
X X X
X X X
SR & CoC SR & CoC SR & CoC SR & CoC SR & CoC SR & CoC
a and b1 a and b1 a and b1
X X X
X X X
X X X
X X X
a and b1 b1 a and b1
a and b2 b2 a and b2
See Note 2 See Note 2
Section
Equipment Components Design Review & Approval Letter (7) X X IRC (4) MAC Survey at Vendor
(10)
CoC/ SR
Testing at Vendor
(1, 3, 10)
Testing Onboard a and b2 a and b2
Testing Remarks
Choke and Kill Choke and Kill
Kill Unit Hydraulic Power Unit (HPU), see 3/23, Skid Mounted Equipment Drill Pipe Safety Valves, Drill String Float Valves, Non-return (NR) Valve in Drill String (IBO)
X X
X X
SR SR
a and b1 a and b1
a is the functional testing and failure modes validation, as required See Note 2
Auxiliary Equipment
SR & CoC
b1
a and b2
103
Marine Drilling Riser
(10)
104
Marine Drilling Riser Marine Drilling Riser Marine Drilling Riser ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012 Marine Drilling Riser Marine Drilling Riser Marine Drilling Riser Marine Drilling Riser Marine Drilling Riser Marine Drilling Riser
Section 4
CoC/ SR
Testing at Vendor
(1, 3, 10)
Testing Onboard
Testing Remarks
Assembled Marine Drilling Riser and Riser Tensioning Systems
SR
Commissioning test to verify proper integrity and functionality of assembled Marine Drilling Riser and Riser Tensioning Systems Commissioning test to verify proper integrity and functionality of Marine Drilling Riser System.
Assembled Marine Drilling Riser and System Ball and Flexible Joints Hang-Off Joint Hydraulic Connectors Riser Handling Tool X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
SR SR & CoC SR SR & CoC SR SR & CoC SR
a and b1 a and e a and b1 a and e
a and b2 a a a b1 Auxiliary, choke and kill lines. C&K lines, Mud Booster, Hydraulic Lines See applicable sections. a e Production load test, as follows: 1. Each diametrically opposed pair of pad eyes and to include bearing shoulder 2. See Lifting Attachments/ Pad eyes for test loads e Prototype load test only
Riser Sections including Joints
b1
Riser Test Tool
a and e
Tensioner Ring
SR & CoC
Section
Marine Drilling Riser (continued)
Equipment Components Design Review & Approval Letter (7) X IRC (4) MAC Survey at Vendor
(10)
CoC/ SR
Testing at Vendor
(1, 3, 10)
Testing Onboard
Testing Remarks
Marine Drilling Riser
Telescopic Joint
SR & CoC
a, b1, and e
a and b2
e Prototype load test of locking mechanism at 1.5 maximum design loads Commissioning test to verify proper functionality of assembled Riser Running System e Production load test at 1.5 maximum design loads e Production load test at 1.5 maximum design loads e Production load test at 1.5 maximum design loads e Production load test at 1.5 maximum design loads e Production load test at 1.5 maximum design loads
Riser Running System Riser Running Equipment Riser Running Equipment Riser Running Equipment Riser Running Equipment Riser Running Equipment Riser Running Equipment
Assembled Riser Running System Gimbal (or Shock Absorber) Gimbal (fixed) Riser Running/Handling Tool Riser Spider (used as elevators/lifting) Riser Spider (fixed) X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
SR SR SR SR SR SR a and e a and e b1 and e a, b1 and e a, b1 and e
a a a a a and b2 a
Pumps, Gears, Motors, Electrical, Controls, etc., see Common Systems and Equipment, as applicable Commissioning test to verify proper integrity and functionality of assembled Riser Tensioning System Hydraulic or Pneumatic
Riser Tensioning System Riser Tensioning System Riser Tensioning System Riser Tensioning System Riser Tensioning System
Assembled Riser Tensioning System Accumulators (Seamless)(9) Accumulators (Welded) Air/Nitrogen Buffer Tanks Compressors Skid Package, including Piping, Valves, Safety, Electrical, Skid Structure (see 3/23) etc. X X X X X X X X X X X X
SR SR SR SR SR b1 b1 b1 a and b1
a and b2 a and b2 a and b2 b2 a and c
105
Marine Drilling Riser (continued)
(10)
106
Riser Tensioning System Riser Tensioning System Riser Tensioning System Riser Tensioning System ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012 Riser Tensioning System Riser Tensioning System Riser Tensioning System Riser Tensioning System Riser Tensioning System Riser Tensioning System Riser Tensioning System Riser Tensioning System Riser Tensioning System Riser Tensioning Systems Dryers
Section 4
CoC/ SR
Testing at Vendor
(1, 3, 10)
Testing Onboard
Testing Remarks
Compressors(11)
X If hydraulic or pneumatic controls, then b1 and b2 are required, as applicable a is the functional testing and failure modes validation, as required a is the functional testing and failure modes validation, as required
SR
X X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X X X X
(5)
X X X X X X X X X X
SR SR SR SR SR SR SR SR SR SR
b1 a and b1 a and b1 a and b1 b1 a and b1 a a and b1 a a and b1
a a and b2 a and b2 a and b2 b2 a and b2 a a and b2 a a and b2 a is the functional testing and failure modes validation, as required
Hydraulic Power Unit (HPU), see 3/23, Skid Mounted Equipment Nitrogen Generation Skid Piping System Pressure Vessels Riser, Guideline and Podline Tensioners Riser Recoil System Riser Tensioning Unit Sheaves for Riser Tension Lines, Guidelines and Podlines(8) Telescopic Arms Wire Ropes
(11)
Pumps, Gears, Motors, Electrical, Controls, Hydraulic Cylinders, etc., see Common Systems and Equipment, as applicable
Section
Conductor Tensioning System/Unit (CTS/CTU)
(10)
CoC/ SR
Testing at Vendor
(1, 3, 10)
Testing Onboard
Testing Remarks
Conductor Tensioning System/Unit Conductor Tensioning System/Unit Conductor Tensioning System/Unit
Assembled Conductor Tensioning System/Unit
SR
a and b2
Commissioning test to verify proper integrity and functionality of assembled Conductor Tensioning System / Unit Hydraulic or Pneumatic
Accumulators (Seamless)(9) Accumulators (Welded)
X X
X X
X X
SR SR
b1 b1
a and b2 a and b2
Conductor Tensioning System/Unit
SR
If hydraulic or pneumatic controls, then b1 and b2 are required, as applicable a is the functional testing and failure modes validation, as required
Conductor Tensioning System/Unit Conductor Tensioning System/Unit Conductor Tensioning System/Unit Conductor Tensioning System/Unit Conductor Tensioning System/Unit
Hydraulic Power Unit (HPU), see 3/23, Skid Mounted Equipment Piping System Sheaves(8) Wire Ropes(11)
X X X
X X X X(5)
X X X
SR SR SR
a and b1 a and b1 a
a and b2 a and b2 a
107
Drilling String Compensators
(10)
108
Drill String Compensators Drill String Compensators Drill String Compensators Drill String Compensators ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012 Drill String Compensators Drill String Compensators Drill String Compensators Dryers Drill String Compensators Drill String Compensators Drill String Compensators Drill String Compensators Drill String Compensators Drill String Compensators Sheaves
Section 4
CoC/ SR
Testing at Vendor
(1, 3, 10)
Testing Onboard
Testing Remarks
Assembled Drill String Compensator System Accumulators (Seamless)(9) Accumulators (Welded) Compressors Skid Package, including Piping, Valves, Safety, Electrical, Skid Structure (see 3/23), etc. Compressors(11) X X Compensator Assembly X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
SR
a and b2
Commissioning test to verify proper integrity and functionality of assembled Drill String Compensator System Hydraulic or Pneumatic
SR SR SR
b1 b1 a and b1
SR SR
a and b1 b1
a a and b2
As applicable to medium used. If hydraulic or pneumatic controls, then b1 and b2 are required, as applicable a is the functional testing and failure modes validation, as required
SR
a and b1
a and b2
Piping System including Hydraulic/ Pneumatic Hoses Pressure Vessels

(8) (11)
X X X
X X X X
(5)
X X X
SR SR SR
a and b1 b1 a
a and b2 b2 a
Wire Ropes
Section
Bulk Storage, Circulation and Transfer System
(10)
CoC/ SR
Testing at Vendor
(1, 3, 10)
Testing Onboard
Testing Remarks
Bulk Storage Bulk Storage Bulk Storage Bulk Storage
Assembled Bulk Storage System Bulk Storage Tanks (Pressurized) Piping System for Material Transport X X X X X X
SR SR SR b1 or c b1
a and b2 c a and b2
Commissioning test to verify proper integrity and functionality of assembled Choke & Kill Systems
Pumps, Gears, Motors, Electrical, Controls, etc., see Common Systems and Equipment, as applicable Commissioning test to verify proper integrity and functionality of assembled Mud Return System
Mud Return Mud Return Mud Return Mud Return Mud Return Mud Return Mud Return Mud Return Mud Return Mud Return
Assembled Mud Return System Agitators for Drilling Fluid(11) Chemical Mixers Degasser Desander and Desilter
(11) (11)
SR X X X X X X X X X X X X X X SR SR SR SR SR SR SR SR a and b1 a and b1
a and b2 a a a and b2 a a a and b2 a d
Piping System (From Mud-Gas Separator/Poor Boy to Burners or Vents) Piping System Shale Shakers Trip Tank
(11)
Pumps, Gears, Motors, Electrical, Controls, etc., see Common Systems and Equipment, as applicable
109
Bulk Storage, Circulation and Transfer System (continued)
(10)
110
Well Circulation (HP) Well Circulation (HP) Well Circulation (HP) ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012 Well Circulation (HP) Well Circulation (HP) Well Circulation (HP) Well Circulation (HP) Well Circulation (HP) Well Circulation (HP) Well Circulation (HP) Well Circulation (HP) Well Circulation (HP) Well Circulation (HP) Kelly
Section 4
CoC/ SR
Testing at Vendor
(1, 3, 10)
Testing Onboard
Testing Remarks
Assembled Well Circulation (HP) System Circulation Head X X X X
SR SR & CoC
a and b2
Commissioning test to verify proper integrity and functionality of assembled Well Circulations (HP) System
a and b1
a and b2 If hydraulic or pneumatic controls, then b1 and b2 are required, as applicable a is the functional testing and failure modes validation, as required
SR
a and b1
a and b2
Charge Pumps Gooseneck, Swivel
X X X X X
X X X X
X X X
SR SR & CoC SR & CoC SR SR & CoC SR & CoC SR & CoC SR SR
a and b2 a and b2 a and b2 a
Kelly Bushing(11) Kelly Cocks, Flow Control Valves, Main Stem, NR Valve (IBOP) Mixing Pumps Mud Booster Hoses Mud Booster Rigid Lines Mud-Gas Separator/Poor Boy Mud Pumps High Pressure X X X X X X
a and b1
a and b2
See Note 2
(see Common Systems and Equipment) X X X X X X X X X X b1 b1 b1 a and b1 a and b2 a and b2 a and b2 a and b2
Section
Equipment Components Design Review & Approval Letter (7) X X X X X X X IRC (4) MAC Survey at Vendor
(10)
CoC/ SR
Testing at Vendor
(1, 3, 10)
Testing Onboard
Testing Remarks
Well Circulation (HP) Well Circulation (HP) Well Circulation (HP) Well Circulation (HP) Well Circulation (HP) Well Circulation (HP) Well Circulation (HP) Cementing Cementing Cementing Cementing Cementing
Mud Valves High Pressure (from Mud Pumps to/including Standpipe Manifold) Piping System for Circulating Drilling Fluid to the Well Pulsation Dampeners Rotary Hoses (Kelly Hoses), Vibratory Hoses Safety Valves at Mud Pump Standpipe Manifold
X X X X X X
X X X X X X
SR SR SR SR & CoC SR SR
a and b1 a and b1 b1 b1 a and b1 b1
a and b2 a and b2 a a and b2 a b2
Pumps, Gears, Motors, Electrical, Controls, etc., see Common Systems and Equipment, as applicable Assembled Cementing System Cement Pump (Pressure Side) Centrifugal Pumps For Mixing Cement and Suction Cementing Manifold including Valves, and Unions Cement Flexible Lines X X X X X SR SR b1 a and b2 a Commissioning test to verify proper integrity and functionality of assembled Cementing System
(see Common Systems and Equipment) X X X X SR SR b1 b1 a and b2 a and b2 If hydraulic or pneumatic controls, then b1 and b2 are required, as applicable a is the functional testing and failure modes validation, as required
Cementing
SR
a and b1
a and b2
111
Equipment Components Design Review & Approval Letter (7) X X X X X IRC (4) MAC Survey at Vendor
(10)
112
Cementing Cementing Cementing Cementing Cementing ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012
Section 4
CoC/ SR
Testing at Vendor
(1, 3, 10)
Testing Onboard a and b2 a and b2 a and b2 a a
Testing Remarks
Hydraulic Power Unit (HPU), see 3/23, Skid Mounted Equipment Piping System Cement Pump Discharge Piping System for Mixing Cement and Suction Line to Cement Pump Pulsation Dampeners Safety Valves
X X X X X
X X X X X
SR SR SR SR SR
a and b1 b1 b1 b1 a and b1
Section
Hoisting, Lifting, Handling, and Rotating
(10)
CoC/ SR
Testing at Vendor
(1, 3, 10)
Testing Onboard
Testing Remarks
Derrick
Derricks and Masts, including Guide Track
SR & CoC
See 8/5vi) Commissioning test to verify proper integrity and functionality of assembled Hoisting System
Hoisting Hoisting Hoisting Hoisting
Assembled Hoisting System Crown Block including Support Beams Deadline Anchors Dolly for Traveling Assembly X X X X X X X X X
SR SR SR SR a a a
a and b2
a 1. Static single line load test or equivalent 125% of rated load at drawwork drum, only one time 2. Brake test see 8/5viii)b) 3. Functional test see 8/5viii)c) 4. Performance test at 100% 5. Testing onboard is to be performed as installed.
Hoisting
Drawworks
SR
a and e
a and e
Hoisting Hoisting Hoisting Hoisting
Drill Wireline Spoolers(11) Drilling Line and Sand Line Elevators (6, 8) Gears for Hoisting Equipment with rated power of 100 kW and over, and/or in the critical load path(8) Gears for Hoisting Equipment with rated power less than 100 kW, and not in the critical load path. (11)
(11)
X X X X
(5)
a e for production test iaw API Spec 8C
X X
X X
SR SR
e a
a a
Hoisting
SR
113
Hoisting, Lifting, Handling, and Rotating (continued)
Equipment Components Design Review & Approval Letter (7) X X X X IRC (4) MAC Survey at Vendor
(10)
114
Hoisting Hoisting Hoisting Hoisting ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012 Hoisting Hoisting Hoisting Hoisting Hoisting Lifting Lifting
Section 4
CoC/ SR
Testing at Vendor
(1, 3, 10)
Testing Onboard a a a and b2
Testing Remarks
Kelly Spinner Links (Bell Nipple) Power Swivel/Top Drive
X X X
X X X
SR SR SR & CoC
a e e and b1
e for production test iaw API Spec 8C e Load test for prototype testing only, iaw with API Spec 8C b1 Hydro test at 1.5 rated pressure for rated pressure of greater than 5000 psi. Hydro test at 2.0 rated pressure for rated pressure of less than 5000 psi.
Rotary Swivel
SR & CoC
e and b1
a and b2
Sheaves for Crown Block and Traveling Block(8) Traveling Block Travel Block (Drilling) Hook Wire Ropes (Winches)(11) Wireline Spooler/Unit(11)
X X X
X X X X(5) X
X X X
SR SR SR
a e e
a a a e for prototype testing only, iaw API Spec 8C e for prototype testing only, iaw API Spec 8C
SR
a Commissioning test to verify proper integrity and functionality of all assembled Lifting Systems Static load test at 125% Performance test at 100% Brake holding test at 100%
Assembled Lifting Systems
SR
a and b2
Base mounted Winches
SR
a, b1 and e
a, b2 and e
Section
(10)
CoC/ SR
Testing at Vendor
(1, 3, 10)
Testing Onboard a, b2 and e a, b2 and e
Testing Remarks
Lifting
Crane Type Lifting Equipment Manrider Winches (for drilling equipment service)
SR
a, b1 and e a, b1 and e
Per Chapter 2 of ABS Lifting Appliances Guide or API 2C. Static load test at 125% Performance test at 100% Brake holding test at 100% Emergency lowering 100% Static load test at 125% Performance test at 100% Brake holding test at 100% Emergency lowering 100% Per Chapter 5 of ABS Lifting Appliances Guide Per Chapter 2 of ABS Lifting Appliances Guide or API 2C. e Test loads: - SWL < 10 MT = 1.5 SWL - 10 < SWL < 20 MT = SWL + 5 MT - SWL > 20 MT = 1.25 SWL
Lifting
SR
Lifting
Personnel Baskets Personnel Elevators (for drilling equipment services) Pipe Racking Mechanism
SR
a, and e a, b1 and e a, b1 and e
a and e a, b2 and e a, b2 and e
Lifting Lifting
X X
X X
X X
SR SR
Lifting Attachments
Anchor Points/Padeyes (welded, bolted, etc.) See 3/11.5.4
SR
BOP Handling BOP Handling BOP Handling BOP Handling BOP Handling
Bulkhead Guiding Handling Crane Seafixing Transporter/Skidder Hydraulic Power Unit (HPU), see 3/23, Skid Mounted Equipment
X X X X X
X X X X X
X X X X X
SR SR SR SR SR
a a, b1 and e a and b1 a and b1
a a, b2 and e a a and b2 a and b2 Per Chapter 2 of ABS Lifting Appliances Guide or API 2C.
115
(10)
116
Tubular Handling Tubular Handling Tubular Handling Tubular Handling Tubular Handling Tubular Handling Tubular Handling Tubular Handling Tubular Handling Tubular Handling Tubular Handling Tubular Handling Tubular Handling Tubular Handling Tubular Handling Tubular Handling ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012
Section 4
CoC/ SR
Testing at Vendor
(1, 3, 10)
Testing Onboard
Testing Remarks
Assembled Tubular Handling System
SR
a and b2
Commissioning test to verify proper integrity and functionality of assembled Tubular Handling System b2 Before installation of mast/derrick Applicable to mechanical systems only
Bridge Crane Finger Board Horizontal to Vertical Equipment Hydraulic Cathead Manipulator Arms Monkey Board Mousehole Fixed
(11) (11)
X X X X X X
X X X X X X X X
X X X
SR SR SR SR SR
a and b1 a a and b1
a and b2 a a and b2 a and b2 a
Iron Roughneck/Tongs (Power)
X X
SR SR SR
a and b1 a
a and b2 a a b1 and b2 If hydraulic mousehole installed.
Mousehole Powered Mudbucket(11) Tubular Chute Tubular Horizontal Transporter(11) Tubular Horizontal Transporter Support Structure Frame Tubular Horizontal Transporter Support Structure H-Beam/Profile Mounted on Deck Power Slips (Hydraulic or Pneumatic)(11)
X X
SR
a and b1
a and b2
X X
SR SR
a and b1
a and b2 a and b2 b2 - If hydraulic tubular horizontal transporter is installed
X X X
SR
a and e
a and e
SR
Section
(10)
CoC/ SR
Testing at Vendor
(1, 3, 10)
Testing Onboard a and e a a
Testing Remarks
Tubular Handling Tubular Handling Tubular Handling Tubular Handling Tubular Handling
Stabbing Board, Casing Tail-In Arm/Floor Monkey(11) Tong Suspension Wire Ropes
(11) (11) (11)
X X X X X(5)
SR SR SR
Tong Manual, for Tubular Handling
Rotary Rotary
Assembled Rotary System Rotary Table incl. Skid Adapter X X X
SR SR a
a a
Commissioning test to verify proper integrity and functionality of assembled Rotary System
Hoisting, Lifting, Rotary, Handling (BOP and Tubulars) Hoisting, Lifting, Rotary, Handling (BOP and Tubulars) Hoisting, Lifting, Rotary, Handling (BOP and Tubulars) Hoisting, Lifting, Rotary, Handling (BOP and Tubulars)
SR
If hydraulic or pneumatic controls, then b1 and b2 are required, as applicable a is the functional testing and failure modes validation, as required a is the functional testing and failure modes validation, as required
Hydraulic Power Unit (HPU), see 3/23, Skid Mounted Equipment Piping Systems
SR
a and b1
a and b2
SR
a and b1
a and b2
117
Well Test
(10)
118
Well Test Well Test Well Test Well Test ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012 Well Test Well Test Well Test Well Test Well Test Well Test Well Test
Section 4
CoC/ SR
Testing at Vendor
(1, 3, 10)
Testing Onboard
Testing Remarks
Assembled Well Test System Burner Boom Burner Piping System X X X X
SR SR SR
a a a
Commissioning test to verify proper integrity and functionality of assembled Well Test System
SR
If hydraulic or pneumatic controls, then b1 and b2 are required, as applicable a is the functional testing and failure modes validation, as required
Electrical Submersible Pumps for Overhauling of Wells (Pressure Side) Heat Exchangers Piping System Pressure Vessels and Separators Pumps. see Common Systems and Equipment Safety Valves(11) Valves(11)
X X X X
X X X X X X
X X X X
SR SR SR SR SR SR
a and b1 b1 b1 b1
a and b2 b2 a and b2 b2 a a and b2 Testing as assembled piping system
Section
Common Systems and Equipment
(10)
CoC/ SR
Testing at Vendor
(1, 3, 10)
Testing Onboard
Testing Remarks
Control Systems
Drillers Console
SR
a is the functional testing and failure modes validation, as required If hydraulic or pneumatic controls, then b1 and b2 are required, as applicable a is the functional testing and failure modes validation, as required
Control Systems
Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electrical, Computer-based, or any combinations thereof Electrical Systems and Components Rated power of 100 kW and over, and/or in the critical load path(8) Rated power less than 100 kW, and not in the critical load path. (11) Hydraulic Cylinders (in critical load path and/or application) Hydraulic Cylinders (not critical load path or application) (11) Internal Combustion Engines Expansion Joints Interconnecting Piping Air Receivers, Accumulators, Heat Exchangers, etc. ID 150 mm (6 in.) (11)
SR
a and b1
a and b2
Electrical Systems Gears and Couplings Gears and Couplings Hydraulic Cylinders Hydraulic Cylinders Internal Combustion Engines Piping Piping Pressure Vessels
Design review and testing in accordance with 6-1-7/Table 1 of the ABS MODU Rules X X X X X X Design review and testing in accordance with 6-1-3/Table 1 of the ABS MODU Rules X X X SR b1 b2 X X SR SR SR a and b1 a a a a and b2
Design review and testing to be in accordance with 6-1-6/Table 1 (except for Material tests to be witness by Surveyor) of the ABS MODU Rules X b2
119
Common Systems and Equipment
(10)
120
Pressure Vessels Pumps Pumps Pumps Rotating Electrical Machinery Rotating Electrical Machinery ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012
Section 4
CoC/ SR
Testing at Vendor
(1, 3, 10)
Testing Onboard
Testing Remarks
Air Receivers, Accumulators, Heat Exchangers, etc. ID > 150 mm (6 in.) Hydrocarbon (Liquid) Handling < 7 kg/cm2 (100 psi) and 757 liters/min (200 gpm)(11) Hydrocarbon (Liquid) Handling 7 kg/cm2 (100 psi) or 757 liters/min (200 gpm)(8) Support Systems, Non-Hydrocarbon Handling, Hydraulic Pumps(11) Rotating Electrical Machines with rated power of 100 kW and over Rotating Electrical Machines with rated power of less than 100 kW(11)
Design review and testing to be in accordance with 6-1-5/Table 1 (except for Material tests to be witness by Surveyor) of the ABS MODU Rules X SR a
SR
a and b1
a and b2
X X X X X
SR SR SR f g
a a a See 3/21.3i) See 3/21.3ii)
Section
Notes: 1 2 3 (1 September 2012) If specified Testing at Vendor cannot be completed at vendors facility, the specified test(s) can be performed at the shipyard or during commissioning (see 4/3.3 and Subsections 8/5 and 8/7 of this Guide). All well control components are to be tested on-board; first to a low pressure of 1.38 MPa to 2.1 MPa (200 psi to 300 psi) and then to the rated working pressure, as applicable (see API RP 53). Applicable to all equipment and components: a. In addition to the testing specified in Table 1 above, all testing as required by design codes and standards are to be performed b. If prototype testing is required in accordance with the design code, this must be performed independently from item a. above for design verification (1 September 2012) IRC is typically applicable to well control equipment or components. (1 September 2012) MAC is to be provided with manufacturers certification in accordance with API Spec 9A/ISO-10425, or equivalent. (1 September 2012) Only Elevators, Links, Spiders (when capable of being used as elevators), and Safety Clamps (when capable of being used as hoisting equipment) require proof load testing for each production unit as per Section 8.6 of the API Spec 8C. (1 September 2012) PDA can be issued upon request. (1 September 2012) ABS Type Approval Program is accepted. See Appendix 1-1-A2 of ABS Rules for Conditions of Classification Offshore Units and Structures (Part 1) for details. (1 September 2012) ABS Type Approval (TA) Program is accepted with the following conditions: a. Manufacturing Assessment program under Recognized Quality System (RQS) b. Surveyors attendance only for final hydrostatic test (b1) for unit-certification (1 September 2012) Vendor (OEM or shipyard) is the entity responsible for manufacturing, assembling and/or installation of drilling systems, subsystems, equipment or components (1 September 2012) ABS Type Approval can be granted upon request. See Appendix 1-1-A2 of ABS Rules for Conditions of Classification Offshore Units and Structures (Part 1) for details. Types of Testing a b1 b2 c d e f g Functional Test Hydrostatic Test RWP Hydrostatic Test Pneumatic Test Leak Test Load Test Factory Testing Factory Testing Conditions of Testing In accordance with design parameters/design approval 1.5 times the design pressure, or in accordance with applicable design codes/standards. At rated working pressure (RWP) of systems, subsystems, equipment and/or components. In accordance with design codes/standards Hydrostatic testing to overflow/vent height Testing at 100% SWL, or as specified under Testing Remarks column. Testing in accordance with 6-1-7/Table 2 of the ABS MODU Rules Testing in accordance with 6-1-7/Table 2 (Items 2 through 10, and Item 12) of the ABS MODU Rules. Surveyors attendance to witness testing is not required
4 Scope of Drilling System and Equipment Approval
4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 Testing Notes:
121
Section 5: Drilling System Piping
SECTION
Drilling System Piping
General
This section contains general requirements for piping systems and/or associated components that form part of the drilling systems, as follows: Blowout preventer control and closing unit Choke and kill Diverter Well circulation Bulk mud and cement: mud processing and conditioning, bulk storage and transfer, cementing, etc Well test Vent system (1 September 2012) Hydraulic piping: BOP/choke and kill/ diverter controls, top drive, tubulars handling, cranes, lifting appliances, transporters, etc.
i)
Piping systems that are used for both marine and drilling services such as hydraulic piping, air piping, seawater service, potable water, power generation, etc., are to be in accordance with Part 4, Chapter 2 of the ABS MODU Rules. The manufacturer is to submit to ABS for approval P&IDs, piping specifications, design plans and data, and calculations for each piping system associated with the drilling systems listed above. Piping component pressure-temperature ratings are to be in compliance with ASME B31.3, API Spec 16C, API Spec 16D, API RP 14E and/or other recognized codes/standards, as applicable. The above requirements are to be used for all drilling system piping and in conjunction with the specific requirements contained in Section 3 of this Guide for individual subsystems used for drilling systems.
ii) iii) iv)
3
3.1
Design Criteria
Piping Systems and Components
3.1.1 Design i) Piping and piping components are to be designed to withstand the maximum stress that could arise from the most severe combination of pressure, temperature, and other loads or service conditions as referenced in 5/3.1.2 below, and to be in accordance with codes and standards referenced in Subsection 5/1 above.
ii)
For high-pressure ratings that are not within the scope of the referenced codes in Subsection 5/1 above, pipe wall thickness calculations demonstrating suitability for the intended service are to be submitted for ABS review. Pipe stress and flexibility analysis are to be performed in accordance with ASME B31.3 or other recognized design code for all applicable service conditions for the following piping systems: Choke and kill system High-pressure mud and cement system Main hoisting system (hydraulic) Well test piping system (permanent)
iii)
122
Section
iv) v)
3.1.2
Expansion joints are not to be used in high-pressure well control piping systems. When used, expansion joints or bellows in piping systems are to be provided with shields to prevent mechanical damage and are to be properly aligned and secured.
Service Conditions (1 September 2012) i) The piping design is to account for, relative to the fluid being transported, internal and external pressures, transient vibrational stresses, fluid velocity and associated erosional effects, hydraulic hammer, transient temperature excursions, outside imposed impact forces and pressure pulsations, and low temperature service considerations, as applicable.
ii)
For surface BOP stack, all rigid lines between the control system and BOP stack are to comply with the following: a) b) Fire test requirements of API Spec 16D, including end connections To have RWP equal to the RWP of the BOP control system, as applicable All rigid lines between the control system and BOP are not required to meet the fire test requirements of API Spec 16D, on those rigs with an autoshear and deadman system installed. All rigid lines between the control system and BOP are to have RWP equal to the RWP of the BOP control system, as applicable.
iii)
For subsea BOP stack: a)
b)
3.1.3
Allowances The design wall thickness of all piping is to account for, as applicable:
i) ii) iii) iv)

3.1.4
Mill under-tolerances (12.5% of nominal piping thickness, unless otherwise stated in the material specification) Allowances for threads Corrosion/erosion allowance (unless an effective coating system is applied) is to be in accordance with specified design code/standard and 2/5.5 of this Guide, as applicable. Fabrication allowance
Alternative Criteria i) ABS is prepared to consider other applicable design references, alternative design methodology and industry practice for piping system and piping component designs, on a case-by-case basis, with justifications through novel features as indicated in 1/7.7 of this Guide.
ii)
Piping components whose dimensions are not specified by recognized codes/standards, design details including dimensional drawings, stress calculations and material data are to be submitted for ABS review and approval. The extent of NDE, service temperatures, material ductility and special fabrication methods are also to be considered for alternative design criteria.
iii)
3.3 3.5
Fittings and Valves All piping components are to meet the applicable piping code and the additional requirements in this section. Piping Joints and Connections (1 September 2012)
3.5.1 General i) Piping joints and connections greater than 50 DN (2 in. NPS) are to be made by butt-weld, flanged or screwed union where the threads are not part of the sealing.
ii)
(1 September 2012) Box and pin joints for the choke and kill lines on drilling risers are acceptable.
123
Section
iii)
Special flanges such as SAE split flanges, proprietary flanges/connections, etc.: a) b) Are not be used for well control systems Specially considered for other services, such as drilling support, and support systems, on a case-by-case basis
iv)
3.5.2
Piping joints and connections not in accordance with design codes and standards will be specially considered by ABS on a case-by-case basis.
Threaded Joints and Connections i) Threaded joints and connections are not to be used in systems subjected to bending or vibrational loads.
ii)
All screwed joints or connections are to be evaluated, considering the following: Pipe outer diameter and thread allowance Fluid type, corrosion and fluid leakage risk Transient excursions of vibration, pulsation and pressure
iii)
Threaded joints and connections can be utilized as permitted in the table below:
Type Threaded connections All > 50 DN (2 in. NPS) 50 DN (2 in. NPS) Threaded connections for instrumentations, drains, vents Threaded connections where threads are not used for sealing Threaded connections with seal weld 12 mm (0.5 in) Size All 20.7 MPa (3000 psi) All Pressure > 20.7 MPa (3000 psi) Not permitted Not permitted As permitted by design code As permitted by design code As permitted by design code As permitted by and to be in compliance with design code
50 DN (2 in. NPS)
All
All
20.7 MPa (3000 psi)
3.5.3
Socket Welds i) All socket-welding connections are to be identified and specially approved by ABS.
ii)
Socket-welding of piping connections intended for corrosive, particularly sour services is not to be used.
Type Socket welds Size 50 DN (2 in. NPS) Pressure 20.7 MPa (3000 psi) As permitted by and to be in compliance with design code Not permitted
> 50 DN (2 in. NPS)
All
3.5.4
Quick Connect Fittings Hammer lock, hammer union or other quick connect type specialty fittings are to have a rated pressure not less than the pipe system design pressure and are to conform to applicable piping codes or alternative standards.
124
Section
3.7
Flexible Lines/Hydraulic Hoses (1 September 2012) Typical uses for flexible lines and hydraulic hoses and their applicable design codes and standards are as follows:
Well control
Choke and kill system flexible lines (surface/subsea) API Spec 16C, API Spec 16F
Jumper lines (at subsea BOP stack) Choke and kill in moonpool for subsea Choke and kill for surface BOP stack API Spec 16F, API Spec 16C Mud boost lines Hydraulic conduits/Hot-line hoses (to BOP) Buoyancy control line Jumper lines (at subsea BOP stack) API Spec 16D API Spec 16C
Auxiliary lines and drape hoses
Hydraulic hoses for control functions, fluid power and hydraulic fluid transfers associated with well control Hydraulic hoses for control functions, fluid power and hydraulic fluid transfers associated with choke control
Drilling systems and Support systems

Rotary and vibratory hoses Cementing hoses Hydraulic hoses for control functions, fluid power and hydraulic fluid transfers for drilling systems such as topdrive, drawworks, riser tensioning, tubulars handling, etc. API Spec 7K API Spec 7K ABS MODU Rules
Hydrocarbon Hoses for Well Testing

Hoses for hydrocarbon services ABS Facilities Rules
Flexible lines and hydraulic hoses are to comply with the following general requirements: i) ii)
3.7.1
The hose body is to be secured to prevent falling or whipping in the event of a rupture or failure. Hose assemblies which can pose risk to personnel upon end failure are to be properly restrained.
Design 3.7.1(a) Well Control
i)
Choke and kill flexible lines and auxiliary lines are to comply with the design, material, quality control, and prototype testing, including burst testing requirements specified in API Spec 16C, API Spec 16F, and the additional requirements specified in this Guide. Drape hoses (moonpool lines) at the telescopic joint are to be able to accommodate the relative movement between the riser and the drilling unit. For subsea BOP stack, jumper lines at the flex/ball joints are be able to accommodate the relative movement between the riser and the BOP stack. Flexible lines for subsea services are to be designed to withstand the external pressure for the operational depth without deforming.
ii) iii) iv)
125
Section
v)
Hydraulic hoses/assembly utilized for well control functions are to comply with the requirements of applicable sections of the ABS MODU Rules (for surface hydraulic control hoses only), API Spec 16D and recognized industry standards, such as SAE, National Fluid Power Association, as applicable. Flexible lines that are exposed to wellbore fluids are to consider gas permeation and decompression in their designs. Hydraulic hoses/assembly utilized for drilling system control and hydraulic fluid transfer are to comply with the requirements of applicable sections of the ABS MODU Rules, recognized industry standards, such as SAE, National Fluid Power Association, as applicable. Flexible lines or hydraulic hoses that are to be used in pneumatic service are to be designed with consideration to decompression and permeation. Rotary and vibratory hoses/assembly for drilling services are to comply with the design, and manufactured to API Spec 7K, and the additional requirements specified in this Guide, and be suitable for their intended service (temperature, fluid compatibility, etc.).
vi)
3.7.1(b) Drilling System i)
ii) iii)
3.7.2
Fire Resistance 3.7.2(a) General
i) ii) iii) iv)
Flexible lines/hydraulic hoses carrying flammable fluids, as defined in Subsection 1/27 of this Guide, are to be fire-resistant in accordance with API Spec 16C. All flexible lines/hydraulic hoses located in hazardous areas, irrespective of fluid category, are to be fire-resistant, except as permitted in 5/3.7.2(c) below. Fire resistance tests of flexible lines/hydraulic hoses are to be in accordance with API Spec 16C and API Spec 16D and ISO 15540/15541, as applicable. Hydraulic hoses are also to be in compliance with the applicable requirements of 4-2-1/11.29 of the ABS MODU Rules and Appendix 2 of the ABS Facilities Rules, as applicable.
3.7.2(b) Surface. For surface BOP stack, all flexible lines hydraulic hoses between the control system and BOP stack are to comply with the following: i) ii) i) Fire test requirements of API Spec 16D, including end connections. To have RWP equal to the RWP of the BOP control system, as applicable. All flexible lines (except choke and kill lines) and MUX cables in the moonpool between the control system and BOP are not required to meet the fire resistant requirements of API Spec 16D and API Spec 16C, as applicable, on those installation with a autoshear and deadman system installed. All flexible lines/hydraulic hoses between the control system and BOP are to have RWP equal to the RWP of the BOP control system, as applicable. Moonpool choke and kill hoses or flexible lines and their end connections installed that permit entry of gas or hydrocarbons, is to meet the design requirements, performance verification and fire-resistance requirements in accordance with API Spec 16C. Flexible lines/hydraulic hoses located subsea are not required to be fire-resistant.
3.7.2(c) Subsea. For subsea BOP stack:
ii) iii)
iv)
3.7.3
End Connections i) End connections for flexible lines/hydraulic hoses are to be designed and fabricated to the requirements of 5/3.1 this Guide and applicable recognized codes and standards.
ii)
End connections are to be considered as an integral part of the flexible line/hydraulic hose assembly.
126
Section
3.7.4
Isolation Valves Isolation valves are to be provided to prevent potential uncontrolled release of flowing medium from flexible lines to minimize the hazard. Materials i) Material requirements for flexible lines and hydraulic hoses, including end fittings when exposed to wellbore fluids or a corrosive/erosive environment, are to be in accordance with Section 5 and Section 6 of this Guide and applicable design codes and standards.
3.7.5
ii)
Nonmetallic materials used in the manufacturing of flexible line and/or hydraulic hose assemblies are to be suitable for the intended service conditions such as temperature and fluid compatibility.
Materials
(1 September 2012) Materials are to be in accordance with the applicable design codes and standards referenced in this section, and the requirements of Section 6 of this Guide.
5.1 5.3
Toughness Piping component toughness requirements are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide. Composite Materials (1 September 2012) Composite materials where used in drilling piping system applications are to be of fire-resistant construction and are to be designed and tested to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section X, and Appendix 1 of the ABS Facilities Rules.
Welding and NDE (1 September 2012)

Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with the applicable design codes and standards referenced in this section, and the requirements of Section 7 of this Guide.
127
Section 6: Materials for Drilling Systems and Equipment
SECTION
Materials for Drilling Systems and Equipment

This section provides the requirements for drilling system equipment and/or component materials. All materials are to be suitable for their intended service conditions and as defined by a recognized standard and/or manufacturers material specifications. Manufacturers material specifications are to be submitted for ABS review and approval.
1.1
Material Categories Materials for drilling systems equipment/components are categorized as follows:
i) Structural load-bearing component: a) b) ii) Components supporting loads, N (lbf), due to hoisting, lifting, handling, or self/assembled weight, etc. Structural load-bearing components are to comply with the requirements of Subsection 6/3 of this Guide. Components transmitting, resisting, or converting loads, N (lbf) Mechanical load-bearing components are to comply with the requirements of Subsection 6/5 of this Guide. Equipment/component under pressure load, MPa (psi) Pressure-retaining equipment or piping components are to comply with the requirements of Subsection 6/7 of this Guide
Mechanical load-bearing component: a) b)
iii)
Pressure-retaining equipment and piping component: a) b)
1.3
Material Properties To determine the suitability of a material to withstand design stresses, the ultimate tensile strength (UTS), specified minimum yield strength (SMYS), elongation and reduction of area are to be specified in accordance with recognized material standards. Corrosion Sour Service Materials used in drilling system equipment/components that can potentially be exposed to sour service (H2S) are to comply with the following requirements:
i) ii) Materials that are exposed to well bore fluids are to be selected within appropriate limits of chemical composition, heat treatment and hardness to resist sulfide stress cracking. Selection of material is to be guided by the applicable part of NACE MR0175/ISO 15156: Materials for use in H2S containing environment in oil and gas production.
1.5
1.7
Bolts and Nuts Bolts and nuts are to have corrosion characteristics comparable to the structural elements being joined, and are to be manufactured and tested in accordance with recognized material standards.
128
Section
Materials for Structural Load-Bearing Components (1 September 2012)

Materials utilized for hoisting (derrick, mast, etc.), lifting (cranes, etc.) or handling (BOP, tubulars, etc.) structures are considered to be structural load-bearing. Structural load-bearing materials are to comply with the following requirements: i) For hoisting and handling structures: a) b) ii) a) iii) For hoisting structures, the primary load-bearing structural members for the derrick and mast are defined in 3/11.1.1iii) of this Guide. For handling structures, structural load-bearing members are considered as primary. Material applications and associated toughness requirements are to comply with the applicable codes and standards, such as API Spec 2C, ABS Lifting Appliances Guide, or equivalent.
For lifting structures:
For guidance on the selection of steel for plates, shapes and structural pipe sections, reference is to be made to recognized standards such as API RP 2A-WSD or Section 3-1-4 of the ABS MODU Rules. Any structural load-bearing components that are in the critical load path are to be considered as primary.
iv)
3.1
Toughness i) Structural materials are to exhibit fracture toughness which is satisfactory for the intended applications (hoisting, handling, lifting), as evidenced by appropriate Charpy V-notch (CVN) impact testing results, and are to be based on the specified minimum design service temperature (MDST) and materials specified minimum yield strength (SMYS), as specified in the table below.
ii) Other CVN criteria or alternative test data, such as crack-tip opening displacement (CTOD), nil ductility transition (NDT) temperature, or related service experience will be considered if submitted to ABS prior to manufacturing.
129
Section
Materials for Drilling Systems and Equipment MDST 10C (14F) and above SMYS/Material 270 MPa (39 ksi) 270 < SMYS 450 MPa (39 < SMYS 65 ksi) 450 < SMYS 690 MPa (65 < SMYS 100 ksi)
(4)
Category Primary
CVN Value (ave) (1) Minimum 27 J (20 ft-lb) at MDST SMYS/10 (J) at MDST or [SMYS ((ksi)/1.45) * 0.7375] (ft-lb) at MDST Minimum 45 J (39 ft-lb) at MDST Minimum 27 J (20 ft-lb) at MDST SMYS/10 (J) at MDST or [SMYS ((ksi)/1.45) * 0.7375] (ft-lb) at MDST Minimum 27 J (20 ft-lb) at 10C (18F) below MDST
(4) (4)
Primary
lower than 10C to 20C (14F to 4F)
270 MPa (39 ksi) 270 < SMYS 690 MPa (39 < SMYS 100 ksi) 270 MPa (39 ksi) 270 < SMYS 690 MPa (39 < SMYS 100 ksi)
Primary
lower than 20C (4F)
SMYS/10 (J) at 10C below MDST or [SMYS ((ksi)/1.45) * 0.7375] (ft-lb) at 18F below MDST Minimum 27 J (20 ft-lb) at MDST Minimum 27 J (20 ft-lb) at MDST SMYS/10 (J) at MDST or [SMYS ((ksi)/1.45) * 0.7375] (ft-lb) at MDST Minimum 45 J (39 ft-lb) at MDST As required for applications As required by material specifications at MDST
Non-primary Non-primary
0C to 10C (32F to 14F) lower than 10C (14F)
All 270 MPa (39 ksi) 270 < SMYS 450 MPa (39 < SMYS 65 ksi) 450 < SMYS 690 MPa (65 < SMYS 100 ksi)
(4)
Miscellaneous
(2)
lower than 20C (4F) Any
> 6.0 mm (0.236 in.) All
Primary bolts and nuts (3) Notes: 1 2
Individual value for each of the (3) test specimens cannot be less than 2/3 of the specified minimum average. For miscellaneous structures, under the scope of this Guide, refer to items such as ladders, supports, walkways, handrails, cable trays, and other ancillary structures. In general, materials for these structures are low in thickness and are to be suitable for their intended application, as evidenced by previous satisfactory services. Primary load-bearing structural bolts and nuts are to be produced to a material specification that requires Charpy impact tests at, or below, the specified minimum design service temperature. For materials with a specified minimum yield strength (SMYS) of greater than 690 MPa (100 ksi), Charpy V-Notch properties are to be submitted for ABS review and consideration. For materials with SMYS of greater than 690 MPa (100 ksi), Charpy V-Notch properties are to be submitted for ABS review and consideration.
3 4 5
3.3
Galvanizing Materials for galvanized structures are to be fabricated and designed in accordance with industry-recommended practices. Galvanizing procedures and/or process are to be in accordance with ASTM A143, A153, A384, A385, BCSA 40/05, and/or other hot-dip galvanizing standards. The following are to be considered in the development of galvanizing procedures and process:
High-strength steels with yields above 355 MPa (51 ksi) Adequate venting and draining
130
Section
Double-dipping practices are not permitted, except in case of galvanizing tank size limitations Trace elements in base metal and low Silicon weld consumables No flame cut edges Weld surface appearance free from undercuts, notches, etc. Inspection before and after hot-dip galvanizing Strain age embrittlement of cold-formed sections Abrupt changes in cross section Maximum CE of 0.44% (see CEZ calculation below) based upon the Product Analysis or if Ladle Analysis then maximum specified chemistry values should be applied in the calculation. Steel which is produced from scrap may contain trace elements that influence the susceptibility to hot dip galvanizing cracking. CEZ = C + Si/17 + Mn/7.5 + Cu/13 + Ni/17 + Cr/4.5 + Mo/3 + V/1.5 + Nb/2 + Ti/4.5 + 420B
Materials for Mechanical Load-Bearing Components (1 September 2012)

Materials for mechanical load-bearing components are to be selected in accordance to the applicable design codes with consideration to toughness, corrosion resistance, and weldability, and be suitable for their intended service conditions.
5.1
Toughness Toughness testing for mechanical load-bearing components is to be performed in accordance with relevant API or applicable recognized standards.
i) ii) iii) iv) v) Toughness testing procedures, size, locations and retesting (as applicable) are to be in accordance with the applicable recognized standard. Charpy V-Notch (CVN) impact testing is to be performed at the required temperature in the relevant API or applicable standard or the minimum design temperature (MDT), whichever is lower. For a specified MDT above 0C (32F), Charpy V-Notch impact testing is to be performed at 0C (32F). The absorbed energy requirement is to be in accordance with the relevant API or applicable recognized standard. Material for mechanical load-bearing components not covered by, or not in full compliance with API standards or applicable recognized standards, the following Charpy V-Notch criteria applies: a) For materials with specified minimum yield strength (SMYS) of 450 MPa (65 ksi) or below: 1) 2) b) SMYS (N/mm2)/10 = Minimum Absorbed Energy (ave) (J), but not less than 27 J or SMYS [(ksi)/1.45] * 0.7375 = Minimum Absorbed Energy (ave) (ft-lb) but not less than 20 ft-lb
For materials with a SMYS greater than 450 MPa (65 ksi) and less than or equal to 690 MPa (100 ksi) 1) Minimum Absorbed Energy (ave) = 45 J (33 ft-lb) For materials with a specified minimum yield strength (SMYS) of greater than 690 MPa (100 ksi), Charpy V-Notch properties are to be submitted for ABS review and consideration.
c) vi)
Other CVN criteria or alternative test data, such as crack-tip opening displacement (CTOD), nil ductility transition (NDT) temperature, or related service experience will be considered if submitted to ABS prior to manufacturing. It should be noted that other national and international regulatory bodies may have additional requirements for toughness. ABS will include these additional toughness requirements in the scope of the design review and fabrication inspection, as applicable, and/or as requested.
131
vii)
Section
Materials for Pressure-Retaining Equipment and Piping Components (1 September 2012)

Materials for pressure-retaining equipment or piping components are to be selected in accordance to the applicable design codes with consideration to toughness, corrosion resistance, and weldability, and to be suitable for their intended service conditions.
7.1
Toughness Toughness testing for pressure-retaining equipment or piping components is to be performed in accordance with the relevant API, ASME or applicable recognized standard.
i) ii) Toughness testing procedures, size, locations and retesting (as applicable) are to be in accordance with the applicable recognized standard. Charpy V-Notch (CVN) impact testing is to be performed at the required temperature in the relevant API, ASME or applicable standard or the minimum design temperature (MDT), whichever is lower. For a specified MDT above 0C (32F), Charpy V-Notch impact testing is to be performed at 0C (32F). The absorbed energy requirement is to be in accordance with the relevant API, ASME or applicable recognized standard. Materials for pressure-retaining equipment or piping components not covered by, or not in full compliance with API, ASME or applicable recognized standards, the following Charpy V-Notch criteria apply: a) For materials with specified minimum yield strength (SMYS) of 450 MPa (65 ksi) or below: 1) 2) b) SMYS (N/mm2)/10 = Minimum Absorbed Energy (ave) (J), but not less than 27 J or SMYS [(ksi)/1.45] * 0.7375 = Minimum Absorbed Energy (ave) (ft-lb), but not less than 20 ft-lb Minimum Absorbed Energy (ave) = 50 J (39 ft-lb) In addition, lateral expansion opposite the notch is not to be less than 0.38 mm (0.015 in.).
iii) iv) v)
For materials with a SMYS above 450 MPa (65 ksi) to 690 MPa (100 ksi): 1) 2)
c)
For materials with a SMYS above 690 MPa (100 ksi), Charpy V-Notch properties are to be submitted for consideration. 1) In addition, lateral expansion opposite the notch is not to be less than 0.38 mm (0.015 in.).
vi)
Other CVN criteria or alternative test data, such as crack-tip opening displacement (CTOD), nil ductility transition (NDT) temperature, or related service experience will be considered if submitted to ABS prior to manufacturing. It should be noted that other national and international regulatory bodies may have additional requirements for toughness. ABS will include these additional toughness requirements in the scope of the design review and fabrication inspection, as applicable, and/or as requested.
vii)
132
Section
9
9.1
Fabrication Considerations
Welding Welding of drilling equipment and/or components is to comply with the following requirements:
i) ii) Welding is to be in accordance with the specified design/manufacturing code and Section 7 of this Guide. (1 September 2012) Weldments hardness, weld metal and/or heat-affected zone (HAZ), subject to sour (H2S) service are to be in compliance with NACE MR0175/ISO 15156.
9.3
Forming Forming of materials utilized in drilling equipment and/or components are to comply with the following requirements:
i) ii) iii) iv) In general, for steel components, forming at temperatures around 205C (400F) is to be avoided. Where degradation of properties is unavoidable, complete post forming heat treatment may be required. Suitable supporting data is to be provided to indicate compliance with the specified properties. For materials with specified toughness properties that are to be formed beyond 3% strain* on the outer fiber, data are to be provided indicating that the toughness properties meet the minimum requirements after forming. After straining, specimens used in toughness tests are to be subjected to an artificial aging treatment of 288C (550F) for one hour.
For details, see 2-4-1/3.13 of the ABS Rules for Materials and Welding (Part 2).
v)
* Note:
11
11.1
Primary Product Form

General (1 September 2012) Wrought and cast products are to be procured in accordance with written specifications that, in addition to property requirements, specify the frequency, location, orientation and types of test specimens.
Specific nondestructive examination requirements may be required for some product forms. See Subsection 7/11 of this Guide. It is the equipment or component manufacturers responsibility to ensure the material manufacturers and/or their sub-suppliers/vendors comply with the following requirements: i) Sub-suppliers/vendors have an accredited and effective quality control system to meet the materials specifications and manufacturing requirements in accordance with requirements as referenced in the design codes and standards. Material tests are carried out by accredited test facilities to recognized standards. Material testing is performed in accordance with the requirements of the applicable material specifications and in accordance with the design codes and standards. Materials certificates are valid for the materials they represent. NDE is carried out by qualified personnel in accordance with requirements as referenced in the design codes and standards, such as ISO 9712, ASNT, EN 473, etc.
ii) iii) iv) v)
11.3
Rolled Products Plates, shapes and bars may be supplied in the as-rolled, thermo-mechanically processed, normalized, or quenched and tempered condition, depending on the intended application.
133
Section
11.5
Forgings (1 September 2012) Forged products for pressure-retaining and load-bearing components are to comply with the following requirements:
i) ii) To be supplied in a fully worked condition to provide a wrought microstructure and internal soundness. A forging reduction ratio of not less than 3:1 will be considered as meeting this requirement. Where a net change in the cross section does not occur during a portion of the forging operation, the hot-working ratio representing that portion will be evaluated as a complement to the forging reduction ratio. a) b) Samples for testing are to be taken from integrally forged coupons, appropriately designed separately forged coupons or a sacrificial forged. These coupons are to be subjected to the same heat treatment as the forging.
11.7
Castings (1 September 2012) Cast products are to be supplied in a heat-treated condition. Samples for testing are to be taken from integrally cast coupons or appropriately designed separately cast coupons.
These coupons are to be subjected to the same heat treatment as the casting.
13
13.1
Sealing Materials
Elastomeric Sealants i) (1 September 2012) Materials used for sealing are to be suitable for the intended operating pressures, temperatures, and operating mediums.
ii) Age-sensitive materials for critical components are to have a defined storage life and be identified in storage as to month and year of manufacture.
13.3
Ring Joint Gaskets i) Ring joint gaskets are to be of soft iron, low carbon steel or stainless steel, as required by the design standard.
ii) Gaskets that are coated with a protective coating material such as fluorocarbon or rubber for shipment and storage are to have the coatings removed prior to installation.
15
15.1
Materials and Traceability (1 September 2012)

Materials i) All materials used for structural load-bearing, mechanical load-bearing components, pressureretaining equipment/component, and piping are to be furnished with material manufacturer/ mills documentation (e.g., material test reports (MTR), etc.) stating, as a minimum, the following, as applicable:
Material specification Process of manufacture Product heat number/batch number Chemical and mechanical properties, including testing standard(s) Heat treatment temperatures and time at temperature Charpy impact values and temperatures, including testing standard. Hardness test readings (as applicable to NACE MR0175/ISO 15156), including testing standard Certification by the material manufacturer/mill of compliance with the applicable recognized material specification or manufacturers written specification
134
Section
ii)
Test coupons are required for each heat treatment for verification of mechanical properties to the manufacturers written specification and/or industry standards.
15.3
Traceability Traceability through the manufacturing process is to be documented on major structural load-bearing, mechanical load-bearing components and pressure-retaining equipment. The manufacturers are responsible for maintaining this documentation on file and, upon request, are to provide this information to ABS.
The traceability documentation is to include: i) ii) Certified material test reports, see 6/15.1i). Manufacturing Processes: Welding records with all approved qualifications Post weld heat treatment NDE results Hardness test results (as applied to NACE MR0175/ISO 15156) Dimensional check results Hydrostatic pressure tests
135
Section 7: Welding and Nondestructive Examination
SECTION
Welding and Nondestructive Examination

Welding and nondestructive examination (NDE) are to be qualified and performed in accordance with the equipment or component design codes and standards.
1.1
Welding
i) All welds in the pressure boundary of pressure-retaining equipment, piping systems, mechanical load-bearing and structural components are to be manufactured using qualified or ABS-approved welding procedures and welders in accordance with the applicable equipment or component design codes and standards. This is to include the following provisions as associated with welding procedure and welder qualifications, as applicable: ii) Mechanical testing are to be performed in accordance with recognized standards Inspections of welds to applicable NDE procedures by qualified NDE technicians in accordance with recognized standards
The Surveyor can accept, at his discretion, welding procedures and welder qualifications at shipyard or manufacturing plant where it is established to his satisfaction that they have been qualified and effectively used for similar work under similar conditions. The Surveyor is to be satisfied that all welders and welding operators to be employed in the manufacturing of systems, subsystems, equipment or components are properly qualified and experienced in the work proposed. The Surveyor is also to be satisfied as to the employment of a sufficient number of skilled supervisors to provide a thorough supervision and control of all welding operations.
iii)
iv)
1.3
Nondestructive Examination (NDE) i) Weld sections within pressure-retaining equipment, piping systems, mechanical load-bearing and structural components are to be examined for surface and volumetric flaws to the extent specified in the applicable design code, but not to a lesser extent than that specified in this section.
ii) Inspection of welds, utilizing methods outlined in this section, is to be carried out to the satisfaction of the Surveyor.
Specifications
Welding Procedure Specification (WPS), corresponding Procedure Qualification Record (PQR), and Nondestructive Examination (NDE) procedures are to be submitted for review as part of the design submittal as required in Subsection 2/7 and Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide. i) WPS, PQR and NDE procedures are to be developed in accordance with the requirements of the selected design codes for the drilling systems, subsystems, equipment and/or components for the intended service. The requirements and extent of NDE are to be in accordance with the requirements of the selected design codes for the drilling systems, subsystems, equipment and/or components.
ii)
136
Section
3.1
Welding Procedure Specification A written WPS is to be prepared in accordance with Section IX of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, or ANSI/AWS D1.1 Structural Welding Code, or equivalent, depending on the equipment or component.
i) ii) The WPS is to describe in detail all essential and nonessential variables to the welding process(es) employed in the procedure. Welding procedure specifications are to be qualified and the PQR documenting the following data is to be made available to the attending Surveyors: Maximum hardness values (for well bore fluid service) Minimum and average toughness values for weld heat-affected zone and weld metal (absorbed energy or lateral expansion, both by Charpy method, where the base metal is required to be impact-tested in accordance with Sections 3 or 6 of this Guide) Minimum tensile strength Results from other tests required by the applicable code or standard
iii)
Where welding equipment and consumables have not been used previously at the manufacturers facility or are outside of the essential variable limits defined in the existing WPS or if specifically requested by the attending Surveyor, the WPS is to be qualified by welding procedure qualification process in the presence of the Surveyor. The qualification process may require the submittal of relative WPS and supporting PQRs to the ABS Technical office for review and agreement.
iv)
3.3
NDE Procedures NDE procedures are to be specified and the parameters of test specification (method), extent of examination and acceptance criteria are to be submitted for review and be available to the attending Surveyor.
Welder/Welding Operator Qualification

Welders and welding operators are to be qualified by qualification tests conducted and evaluated in accordance with the applicable code for each welding process and for each position used in production welding. Welder/welding operator qualification records are to be made available to the Surveyor.
Qualification of Nondestructive Technicians

The manufacturers are to certify that personnel performing and evaluating the NDE examinations have been qualified and certified in accordance with their employers written practice. i) American Society for Nondestructive Testing (ASNT) Recommended Practice No. SNT-TC-1A or equivalent is to be used as a guideline for employers to establish their written practice for qualification and certification of their personnel. Certification documents of NDE technicians are to be made available to the Surveyor.
ii)
Post Weld Heat Treatment

Accurate records of all heat treatments during fabrication, including rates of heating and cooling, hold time and soaking temperature are to be made available to the Surveyor. Alternative methods of stress relief will be subject to special consideration by ABS where post-weld heat treatment is not a requirement of the applicable manufacturing code.
137
Section
11
Nondestructive Examination
(1 September 2012) All weldments and other critical sections covered under Subsection 7/1 of this Guide are to be subjected to 100% visual examination, and nondestructive examination for surface and volumetric defects in accordance with the relevant design code, the ABS NDE Guide, and this Guide. Examinations are to be carried out after any postweld heat treatment.
11.1
Extent of Examination for Materials and Welds The extent of NDE for materials and welds is to comply with the following requirements:
i) (1 September 2012) All highly-stressed areas, such as gross structural discontinuities, changes in geometry, sharp edges/corners, etc., of forgings and castings of primary components used in well control are to be examined for flaws by methods capable of detecting and sizing significant internal defects. Methods to detect surface flaws are also to be used in special applications. Substantiation is to be provided for areas exempted from examination in the terms of stress levels, quality control procedures at the foundry, forming or casting procedures, or documented historical data. Repair welds are to be subject to 100% surface NDE. (1 September 2012) All welds of structural members considered primary are to be inspected 100% by the ultrasonic or radiographic method. (1 September 2012) Twenty percent of all welds of structural members considered non-primary are to be inspected by the ultrasonic or radiographic method. Welds of structural members considered to be secondary are to be inspected by the ultrasonic or radiographic method on a random basis. In locations where ultrasonic test results are not considered reliable, the use of magnetic-particle or dye-penetrant inspection as a supplement to ultrasonic inspection is to be conducted. Welds for mechanical load-bearing components or pressure-retaining equipment are to be examined by nondestructive methods capable of detecting and sizing significant surface and internal defects.
ii)
iii) iv) v) vi) vii) viii)
11.3
Inspection for Delayed (Hydrogen-Induced) Cracking (1 September 2012)

11.3.1 Time of Inspection
i)
Nondestructive testing of weldments in steels of 415 N/mm2 (60,000 psi) specified minimum yield strength (SMYS) or greater is to be conducted at a suitable interval after welds have been completed and cooled to ambient temperature. The following guidance of interval is to be used, unless specially approved otherwise: a) b) Minimum 48 hours of interval time for steels of 415 MPa (60,000 psi) SMYS or greater but less than 620 MPa (90,000 psi) SMYS Minimum 72 hours of interval time for steel greater than or equal to 620 MPa (90,000 psi) SMYS
ii)
At the discretion of the Surveyor, a longer interval and/or additional random inspection at a later period may be required. The 72 hour interval may be reduced to 48 hours for radiographic inspection or ultrasonic inspection, provided a complete visual and random magnetic particle or dye-penetrant inspection to the satisfaction of the Surveyor is conducted 72 hours after welds have been completed and cooled to ambient temperature. The delay period for steels less than 450 MPa (65,000 psi) and less than 12 mm (0.47 in.) thick may be decreased to 24 hours if the heat input applied during welding is less than 3.5 kJ/mm and there is satisfactory evidence that there is no hydrogen cracking occurring after 48 hours.
iii)
138
Section
11.3.2 Delayed Cracking Occurrences i) When delayed cracking is encountered in production, previously completed welds are to be reinspected for delayed cracking to the satisfaction of the Surveyor.
ii)
At the discretion of the Surveyor, re-qualification of procedures or additional production control procedures may be required for being free of delayed cracking in that production welds.
11.5
Methods and Acceptance Criteria (1 September 2012) The methods for performing the nondestructive examination and the acceptance standards to be used for each type of examination, in general, are to be in accordance with the applicable design codes and standards and the requirements as specified below, as applicable:
11.5.1 Magnetic Particle Examination (1 September 2012) i) Methods:
ii)
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section V Article 7: Magnetic Particle Examination ASTM E709: Standard Recommended Practice for Magnetic Particle Examination ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Div. 1, Appendix 6: Methods for Magnetic Particle Examination (MT) ANSI/AWS D1.1: Structural Welding Code Steel Clause 6 Part C
Acceptance Criteria:
11.5.2 Liquid Penetrant Examination i) Methods:
ii)
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section V Article 6: Liquid Penetrant Examination ASTM E165: Standard Practice for Liquid Penetrant Inspection ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Div. 1, Appendix 8: Methods for Liquid Penetrant Examination (PT) ANSI/AWS D1.1: Structural Welding Code Steel Clause 6 Part C
11.5.3 Radiographic Examination i) Methods:
ii)
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section V Article 2: Radiographic Examination ASTM E94: Standard Guide for Radiographic Examination ASTM E446: Standard Reference Radiographs for Steel Castings up to 2 in. in Thickness ASTM E186: Standard Reference Radiographs for Heavy Walled (2 to 4.5 in.) (51 to 114 mm) Steel Castings ASTM E280: Standard Reference Radiographs for (4.5 to 12 in.) (114 to 305 mm) Steel Castings ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Div. 1, Appendix 4: Rounded Indications Charts Acceptance Standard for Radiographically Determined Rounded Indications in Welds. ANSI/AWS D1.1: Structural Welding Code Steel Clause 6 Part C
139
Section
11.5.4 Ultrasonic Examination i) Methods:
ii)
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section V, Article 5: UT Examination Methods for Materials and Fabrication ASTM A388: Standard Practice for Ultrasonic Examination of Heavy Steel Forgings ASTM E428: Standard Practice for Fabrication and Control of Steel Reference Blocks Used in Ultrasonic Inspection ASTM A609: Standard Practice for Casting, Carbon, Low-Alloy, and Martensitic Stainless Steel, Ultrasonic Examination Thereof ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Div. 1, Appendix 12: Ultrasonic Examination of Welds (UT) ANSI/AWS D1.1: Structural Welding Code Steel Clause 6 Part C API RP-2X: Ultrasonic Examination of Offshore Structural Fabrication and Guidelines for Qualification of Ultrasonic Technicians
11.5.5 Hardness Testing i) Methods:
ii)
ASTM E10: Standard Test Methods for Brinell Hardness of Metallic Materials ASTM E18: Standard Test Methods for Rockwell Hardness and Rockwell Superficial Hardness of Metallic Materials ASTM E92: Standard Test Method for Vickers Hardness of Metallic Materials NACE MR0175/ISO 1515: Materials for use in H2S containing environments in oil and gas production
13
Record Retention
The manufacturer(s) is to maintain the following records after completion, and these records are to be made available to the Surveyor upon request: i) ii) iii) iv) v) vi) Weld Procedure Specification (WPS) Procedure Qualification Records (PQR) Welder/welding operator performance test records, including the date and test results and identification of work assigned to each welder A record providing traceability and capable of identifying the welders who have carried out welding on a particular part Qualification records for all personnel performing nondestructive examinations and evaluating results of examination Nondestructive Examination records, including radiographs (the manufacturer is to provide a suitable viewer to properly illuminate radiographs)
140
Section 8: Surveys at Vendors Plant, During Installation and Commissioning
SECTION
Surveys at Vendors Plant, During Installation and Commissioning
General
This section pertains to surveys of drilling system, subsystem, equipment, and/or components at the vendors manufacturing plant and their installation onboard the drilling unit for system build-up and completion for final trials prior to commencement of drilling operations.
Surveys at Manufacture and During Assembly

When the Surveyors attendance at the manufacturers plant and at the assembly site is required by the applicable ABS Rules or this Guide, the manufactured/assembled system and/or equipment will be verified for satisfactory compliance with the codes and/or standards, and the additional requirements of this Guide. See Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide for drilling system, subsystem, equipment, and/or component fabrication survey and testing requirements. i) (1 September 2012) It is recommended that a prefabrication or kick-off meeting between the manufacturer/fabricator and ABS-designated Surveyor(s) is to be scheduled in order, but not limited to: ii) Confirm and/or establish the main point of contacts (PoC) for the manufacturer and ABS Review the project quality plans Review proposed manufacturing specification - See 2/2.27 of this Guide, as applicable Review project manufacturing and delivery schedules Review and confirm project hold-points Review any proposed sub-contractor lists and/or qualifications Confirm specification, drawings and/or documentation associated with the manufacturing process (1 September 2012) To confirm that the facilities to manufacture, fabricate or repair drilling system subsystem, equipment, and/or components have an accredited and maintain an effective quality control program covering design, procurement, manufacturing and testing, as applicable, and meeting the requirements of a recognized standard applied to their product To qualify or verify welders qualifications to the extent deemed necessary by the attending ABS Surveyor To qualify or verify welding procedure specifications and corresponding weld procedure qualification records to the extent deemed necessary by the attending ABS Surveyor To verify material certificates/documentation To survey fit-up prior to major weldments To survey final weldments To witness, as far as deemed necessary, nondestructive examination tests of welds and to review records of nondestructive examinations
ABS Surveyors attendance is typically for the following purposes, but not limited to:
141
Section
To review records of post-weld heat treatment, in particular for piping subjected to pressurized sour service and subject to NACE MR0175/ISO 15156 requirements To verify dimensions are as shown on approved drawings To check dimensional tolerances and alignment of mating surfaces To witness prototype testing of drilling equipment or components in accordance with the applicable API requirements. For drilling equipment of an existing design, documentation of prototype testing is to be made available to the Surveyor for consideration. To witness pressure and/or proof-load testing of equipment and as a unit, as applicable and as specified in the fabrication procedures To witness final testing and functional testing of subassemblies and completed units, as specified in the fabrication procedures To verify all purged and pressurized systems, motor controllers, SCR banks, consoles and instrumentation and control panels are in compliance with approved drawings (1 September 2012) To carry out other examinations as agreed upon during prefabrication meeting (1 September 2012) To confirm compliance with associated ABS approval letter or IRC. (1 September 2012) To review and approve final manufacturing Data Book and issue final survey report and CoC, as applicable.
iii)
(1 September 2012) Materials test reports (MTRs), see Subsection 6/15, are to be made available to the attending Surveyor during the manufacturing process. In general, materials associated with equipment and/or components that require Surveyors attendance in accordance with Section 4, Table 1, are to have complete traceability with MTRs. As a minimum, MTRs are to be provided for the following: Materials for structural-load bearing components Materials for mechanical-load bearing components Materials for pressure-retaining equipment/components All piping, valves and fittings with an ANSI B16.5 Class 150 or greater All bolts and nuts for fastening and/or connections
3.1
Testing of Well Control Equipment and BOPs The testing conducted at the manufacturers plant and witnessed by the Surveyor for all well control equipment and BOPs is to include the following:
i) ii) iii) iv) Prototype testing in accordance with API Spec 16A of each design is to be performed in the presence of the Surveyor. A hydrostatic body or shell test, hydraulic operating system test and closed preventer test in accordance with API Spec 16A. All tests are to be documented by a chart recorder. Shear ram test to verify shear capacity is required in accordance with 3/3.1.3vii) of this Guide and API Spec 16A, as applicable. The manufacturer is to test well control equipment that incorporates a dynamic mode of sealing for low-pressure integrity at 2.07 MPa (300 psi).
Additional testing requirements are to be in accordance with Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide.
142
Section
3.3
Testing of Marine Drilling Riser System and Associated Components (1 September 2012) Components of the marine drilling riser system such as the connectors, tensioning unit, riser recoil system, telescopic joint, service lines, etc. (except risers) are to be thoroughly tested to ascertain their compliance with design requirements and their compatibility in forming the complete system.
i) ii) Hydrostatic testing of components is to be carried out at the manufacturers plant or rebuilding. The number of riser joints tested will be as specified in the approved design of the manufacturer, as required in this Guide. See Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide for additional testing requirements.
3.5
Testing of Drill String Compensation System Individual equipment and/or components of the drill string compensation system are to be tested in accordance with the applicable codes and standards, and Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide. Testing of Bulk Storage, Circulating and Transfer Systems Individual equipment and/or components of the bulk storage, circulating, and transfer systems are to be tested in accordance with the applicable codes and standards, and Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide. Testing of Hoisting, Lifting, Rotating, and Handling Systems (1 September 2012) Individual equipment and/or components of the hoisting, lifting, rotating, and handling systems are to be tested (load test, functional test) in accordance with the applicable codes and standards and Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide.
For tubular handling systems, the following additional testing is to be performed: i) ii) Mechanized tubular handling systems must have their safety controls verified on computer-based racking systems. Indexing of all mechanical movement must be verified by operational testing. This procedure is to be carried out in all available fingerboard configurations, and system safety verified.
3.7
3.9
3.11
Testing of Well Test Equipment Survey of well test system, temporary or permanent, and equipment are to be in compliance with the applicable requirements of this Guide, the ABS Facilities Rules and the ABS Guide for Well Test Systems, and are to include, but not limited to, the following:
i) ii) Installation and testing of well test equipment is to be witnessed by Surveyor upon installation of the equipment. Surveys onboard will verify that the production test plan and procedures are being observed. As a minimum, tests and inspection are to be as follows: Pressure-retaining equipment will be inspected visually and a hydrostatic test performed. Arrangements of equipment and piping will be inspected visually to determine accessibility of controls. Electrical equipment will be inspected for condition, suitability for operation and effectiveness of controls. Surface safety systems will be tested to determine if the pressure, level and temperature transducers are in proper working order. Fire-fighting equipment will be inspected for condition and arrangements will be surveyed to determine accessibility of all process areas for fire-fighting purposes.
143
Section
3.13
Testing of Skid Structures Where an equipment/component is to be mounted on a skid structure, an ABS Surveyors attendance is required to verify that the skid structure is in compliance with ABS reviewed structural design calculations as referenced in Subsection 3/23 of this Guide, and to at least carry out the following:
i) ii) iii) Verify material test reports (MTRs) of skid materials. Visual examination of final weldments of skid structure. (1 September 2012) Witness load testing of the skid structure lifting attachments/lugs or padeyes. Load test of the skid is to be carried out at maximum static load the lifting attachments/lugs or padeyes may be subjected to during the transportation or installation of the equipment/machinery onboard the unit (see 3/11.5.4). (1 September 2012) Witness surface NDE of skid structure weldments of the lifting attachments/lugs or padeyes, after completion of the skid structure load test. MT is recommended for NDE methodology for surface flaw detection. Examination of drip pan arrangements (see 3/23.3).
iv)
v)
Onboard Surveys During Installation

Onboard installation tests of all drilling systems are to be verified by an ABS Surveyor and are to be in accordance with ABS-agreed test procedures. The following surveys are to be carried out by ABS Surveyors on systems during installation and testing in accordance with Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide. i) ii) Piping systems are to be visually examined, nondestructively examined and pressure-tested, as required by the ABS MODU Rules or applicable API standards. Pressure tests conducted on Group I piping systems (refer to 4-2-1/5 of the ABS MODU Rules) are to be preferably recorded on test charts for the duration of their tests. Minimum time for holding pressure is to be 15 minutes. All pressure relief and safety valves are to be tested. Installed choke and kill systems are to be pressure-tested at rated working pressure and also subjected to a low-pressure test at 2.07 MPa (300 psi). Applicable performance tests are to be carried out. Assembly and installation of the drilling derrick is to be examined, to include erection of derrick structure, welding and bolt torqueing, water table, crown block and turn-over sheaves assembly, guide rails for hoisting equipment, derrick-mounted equipment and outfitting items, installation and pressure testing of drilling and related piping systems, overall dimensional control, and final alignment and bolting on the drill floor/substructure foundations. Derrick: a) Assembled and installed derrick is to be visually examined, including welding and bolting, torqueing, its water table, crown block and turnover sheaves assembly, guide rails for hoisting equipment, derrick-mounted equipment, and outfitting items. Derrick dimensional control, final alignment and bolting on the drill floor/substructure foundations are to comply with manufacturers specifications and tolerances. API Spec 4F does not require load test of the derrick structure unless specified in the clients PO as per the supplementary requirements Appendix A SR2 of the API Specification. In this regard, this Guide does not require load testing of the derrick.
iii) iv) v)
vi)
b) c)
vii) viii)
Mud pump operational test is to be carried out in accordance with a test procedure agreed by the attending Surveyor. Drawworks: (1 September 2012) As a minimum, the following tests are to be performed for all drawworks in accordance with the ABS-approved OEMs test specifications that are also to include the OEMs acceptance criteria (see 2/7.27):
144
Section
a)
Drawwork static load test, at vendor or onboard installation: 1) 2) 3) See Section 4, Table 1 for test load requirements. On self-elevating units, deflection testing of the cantilever may also qualify as the static and structural testing of drawworks. On column-stabilized or surface type units, where a full rated load test may constitute increased risk or a safety concern to the unit or personnel, alternative testing methods such as load testing at a reduced number of lines with corresponding rated load may be considered on a case-by-case basis. Request for such consideration is to be submitted to ABS and agreed upon prior to commencement of the test. Brake burnishing test. Burnishing test is to be performed for the primary brake with consideration to brakes clamping force, drum speed, RPM, or motor speed. The following tasks are to be performed: 2) Temperature at calipers and motor are to be monitored and recorded. The burnishing results such as percentage of lining contact, bright surface, etc., are to be monitored and recorded. Verification of gapping, the distance between the brakes and the brake discs, is to be performed and recorded.
b)
Brake test, at vendor or onboard installation: 1)
Brake verification. After the brake burnishing test, item 8/5viii)b)1), individual verification of each caliper is to be performed, as applicable, under drum/motor load. Motor amperage and voltage, hydraulic pressure, and loads, as applicable, associated with caliper slippage are to be monitored and recorded. Each caliper must demonstrate adequate capacity as designed.
3)
Dynamic/Performance brake holding test. Dynamic/performance brake holding test is to be performed at 100% rated load for a period of at least 5 minutes for the primary brake. This test is to include, but not limited to, the following: Drawwork is to stop its rotation within the timeframe as specified in the approved OEMs specifications, including the specified applied voltage and amperage Monitor and confirm brake holding capability including the caliper pressure, as specified in the approved OEMs specification. Monitor and record caliper pressure, temperature, and fluid flow. Visual inspection of brakes and hydraulic leakage are to be performed.
The dynamic/performance brake holding test may be carried out by using a reduced number of lines with corresponding rated load and in accordance with the drawworks approved OEMs testing procedures/specifications. 4) Emergency brake test: 5) Performed at 100% rated load Simulate loss of hydraulic supply or primary brake failure. Verify hydraulic, or air release spring set is functional. Electromagnetic braking system tests are to be performed for compliance with approved OEMs specifications. Additional provisions of the drawworks electromagnetic braking system are provided in 3/11.3.1xii).
145
Electromagnetic brake test:
Section
c)
Functional test, at vendor or onboard installation: 1) 2) Rotational check: Verify rotation for both directions. Rotational test: Rotational test is to be performed at 100% rated drum/motor speed in both directions for a period of at least five minutes. Repeat this step three (3) times or in accordance with OEM specifications. The following are to be monitored and recorded for each test: Bearing temperature for motor, gearbox and drum Gearbox temperature Drum temperature
ix)
(1 September 2012) Systems, subsystems, equipment and component associated with tensioning system and compensation system are to be tested in accordance with Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide. (1 September 2012) Systems, subsystems, equipment and component associated with all hoisting, lifting, handling and rotating systems are to be tested in accordance with Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide. (1 September 2012) All drilling systems and associated subsystems and equipment are to be checked for proper operation. Control system and shutdowns are to be tested to the satisfaction of the Surveyor. All wiring and electrical connections are to be checked for continuity and proper workmanship in accordance with the ABS MODU Rules. (1 September 2012) The CDS equipment database developed and completed by the attending Surveyor(s) after manufacturing, installation and commissioning of the drilling system is to be provided to the drilling unit Owner and retained onboard. The Owner is to: a) b) c) d) Verify for completeness and correctness; Amend and update, as necessary, to facilitate equipment or components traceability as related to repair, maintenance, replacement and/or modification activities; Endorse as part of the onboard ABS documentation, and Maintain the database as long as the drilling system is maintained under ABS Classification.
x)
xi) xii) xiii) xiv)
xv)
The completed burner assembly is to be pressure-tested from the flexible line connection flange to the burner head. The adequacy of the booms slewing and topping gear is to be demonstrated by testing after the booms installation on the drilling unit. The details of the test procedure are to be agreed upon with ABS and witnessed by a Surveyor.
5.1
Testing of Base-mounted Winches and Other Lifting Appliances Testing of base-mounted winches and other lifting appliances are to comply with the following requirements and procedures:
i) Load Test After installation, the system is to be tested with a load equal to 125% of the rated capacity in the presence of the Surveyor. Satisfactory operation of power drives and brakes is to be demonstrated. After being tested, the system with all its components is to be visually examined for permanent deformation and failure. Performance Test Testing in the presence of the Surveyor is to demonstrate that rated line pull can be achieved at rated speed with the outermost layer of wire on the drum. Brake Holding Test It is to be demonstrated that the brakes have the ability to stop and hold 100% of the design load. Confirmatory testing to demonstrate the braking effect of variable frequency drive AC motors is to be carried out upon installation onboard.
ii) iii)
146
Section
5.3
Testing of Burner/Flare Boom The adequacy of the booms slewing and topping gear is to be demonstrated by testing after the booms installation on the drilling unit. The details of the test procedure are to be agreed upon with ABS and witnessed by a Surveyor.
Functional testing of the completed burner assembly is to be carried out by pressure testing from the flexible line connection flange to the burner head.
Commissioning Surveys of the Drilling Systems

Commissioning of all drilling systems is to be verified by an attending ABS Surveyor and is to be in accordance with ABS-agreed test procedures. Commissioning surveys are at a minimum to include verification of the following items by the attending Surveyor during the drilling system trials: i) ii) Proper hook-up and testing of the entire drilling system equipment and components is completed prior to commissioning. This is to include all tests outlined in Subsection 8/5 of this Guide. Necessary safety precautions are taken during commissioning, which are to include checks of operational readiness of the fire and gas detection system, fire extinguishing system, ESD systems, unobstructed escape routes, etc. Necessary communication procedures are established prior to commissioning. Necessary emergency procedures are readily available to deal with any contingencies such as spillage, fire, and other hazards. Drills prior to commencement of commissioning may be carried out to the satisfaction of the attending Surveyor to confirm readiness of these procedures. Readiness of all utility support systems, including main and auxiliary sources for the drilling system, prior to commissioning. Random start-up and testing of the utility support systems to extent deemed necessary by the attending Surveyor. Readiness of the purged drilling system equipment/components, and associated alarms and shutdowns, prior to commissioning, and random testing of the purged alarms systems during commissioning, to the satisfaction of the attending Surveyor. Proper operation of the mud level alarms while the drilling system is running, including random simulation of associated alarms. Proper operation of the hazardous area access and ventilation system while the drilling system is running, including random simulation of associated alarms and shutdowns. Systems capability to control the flow of the well affluent in a stabilized manner, without undue control upsets, when drilling medium is introduced into the system. Satisfactory functioning of all drilling systems installed onboard and covered under this Guide. This will include witnessing proper function of the following systems, as applicable, while simulating actual drilling operations to the extent possible and practicable, and to the satisfaction of the attending Surveyor: xi) Well control system Marine drilling riser system Drill string compensation system Bulk storage, circulating and transfer system (1 September 2012) Hoisting, lifting, rotating and handling system Well test system Miscellaneous support systems
iii) iv)
v)
vi)
vii) viii) ix) x)
Satisfactory testing of all ROV intervention functions on the subsea BOP stack during the stump test and testing at least one set of rams in initial test to the satisfaction of the Surveyor.
147
Section
xii) xiii) xiv) xv)
Satisfactory functional testing of autoshear, deadman, and EDS systems on the subsea BOP stack during the stump test to the satisfaction of the Surveyor. Starting up of the permanent well test system, if applicable, including precautions taken to eliminate the risk of explosion or fire. Post-commissioned drilling system is in stabilized and satisfactory functioning order for duration of at least 12 hours. Satisfactory functioning of the emergency power equipment to ensure proper operations.
148
Section 9: Surveys After Construction and Maintenance of Class
SECTION
Surveys After Construction and Maintenance of Class

The provisions of this section are requirements for the maintenance of Classification of the drilling systems. These requirements are in addition to the provisions noted in other ABS Rules such as Part 6 of the ABS MODU Rules. When ABS is authorized to perform surveys on behalf of a governmental authority, or when requested by the Owner/Operator, items as specified by the governmental authority or Owner/Operator will be surveyed. Reports indicating the results of such surveys will be issued. For purposes of this section, the commissioning date of the drilling system will be the date on which a Surveyor issues an Interim Class Certificate for the drilling unit with the CDS notation.
1.1
Survey Intervals All Annual and Special Periodical Surveys of Drilling Systems/Equipment, as defined in 9/5.1 and 9/5.3, respectively, of this Guide, are to be carried out at the same time and interval as the periodical Classification survey of the drilling unit in order that they are recorded with the same crediting date.
i) ii) iii) iv) v) An Annual Survey of the drilling systems is to be carried out by a Surveyor within three months before or after of each annual anniversary date of the initial Classification survey. A Special Periodical Survey of the drilling system is to be carried out within five (5) years of the initial Classification certification survey and at five-year intervals thereafter. Required surveys are to be completed within three (3) months of their due dates. Any part of the drilling system may be offered for survey prior to the due date when so desired, in which case, the survey will be credited as of that date. Annual and Special Periodical Surveys are to be scheduled preferably when the Owner/Operator has scheduled an overhaul of the drilling system: a) b) Annual Surveys are to be scheduled to coincide with the planned or routine MIT of the BOP stack. Special Periodical Surveys are to be scheduled to coincide with the Owner/Operators planned major maintenance, inspection and testing (MIT) of the BOP stack.
1.3
Drilling Equipment Maintenance Plans (DEMP) and Maintenance Records The Owner/Operator is to develop a Drilling Equipment Maintenance Plan (DEMP) and approved by ABS, for the MIT of the overall drilling system, subsystem, equipment, and/or component.
i) ii) iii) iv) The DEMP plan is to explain how each system and equipment is to be examined and tested during annual (see 9/5.1) and special periodical survey (see 9/5.3), or alternatives of Subsection 9/7. The DEMP is to incorporate/include the OEMs and Owners MIT practices. The DEMP is to clearly identify the record retention requirements. All ABS surveys (annual and special periodical) are to be carried out in accordance with an ABS-agreed DEMP.
149
Section
v)
Maintenance records are to be kept and made available for review by the attending Surveyor. The maintenance records will be reviewed to establish the scope and content of the required Annual and Special Periodical Surveys that are to be carried out by a Surveyor. During the service life of the drilling system equipment, maintenance records are to be updated on a continuing basis. The Owner/Operator is to inform ABS of any changes to the maintenance procedures and their frequencies as may be caused, for example, by changes or additions to the original drilling equipment. The Surveyor may determine during the periodic survey if the changes are sufficient to warrant review by the ABS Engineering staff.
vi) vii) viii)
Surveys Onshore and Issuance of Maintenance Release Notes

During operation of the drilling unit when parts of the classed drilling system equipment are returned ashore for maintenance, repair or modification purposes, it is the responsibility of the Owner/Operator to inform Surveyors of the scope of work at the shore facility/plant. i) ii) The maintenance of drilling systems, subsystems, equipment or component is to be in accordance with the OEMs and Owners specifications. (1 September 2012) The repair and modification plans/procedures of drilling systems, subsystems, equipment or component are to be in accordance with OEMs and Owners specifications and submitted for ABS approval. (1 September 2012) It is recommended that a prefabrication or kick-off meeting between the manufacturer/fabricator and ABS-designated Surveyor(s) is to be scheduled for the maintenance, repair or modification purposes in order, but not limited to: iv) Confirm and/or establish the main point of contacts (PoC) for the manufacturer and ABS Review the project and/or manufacturers quality plans Review proposed manufacturing specifications See 2/2.27 of this Guide, as applicable Review project manufacturing and delivery schedules Review and confirm project hold-points Review any proposed sub-contractor lists and/or qualifications Confirm OEMs specifications, drawings and/or documentation associated with the maintenance, repair or modification process
iii)
Surveyors are to attend the facility/plant for the required function, load and/or pressure testing carried out on the drilling system equipment prior to their release back offshore to the drilling unit. Tests conducted are to follow guidelines outlined in API standards or equivalent. Upon completion of visual examination, review of applicable documentation and satisfactory completion of tests, a Maintenance Release Note (MRN) is to be issued by the attending Surveyor, subject to satisfactory installation of the component on the drilling unit and examination of the component during the forthcoming Annual Survey. See Appendix 5 for an example of the Maintenance Release Note (MRN) to be issued by Surveyors. All MRNs are to be maintained onboard the drilling unit as part of the Owner/Operators maintenance record and for verification by the attending Surveyor during Classification surveys of the unit.
v)
vi) vii)
150
Section
5
5.1
Survey of Drilling Systems (1 September 2012)

Annual Surveys At each Annual Survey, the Surveyor is to verify the effectiveness of various systems and equipment by visual examination and testing, as appropriate. As a minimum, the following is to be carried out to the satisfaction of the attending Surveyor:
i) Review of Owner/Operators maintenance manual and relevant logs/records to confirm that: a) b) c) A suitable maintenance program (e.g., DEMP, etc.) has been followed. Periodical testing requirements have been carried out, as applicable. Any repairs, replacements, reconditioning or renewals of well control systems/equipment, drilling support systems/equipment or support systems and equipment, as defined in the scope of this Guide, were carried out according to the applicable codes and standards and the requirements of this Guide.
ii) iii)
Review of ABS-issued MRNs and/or CoCs since initial or last Annual Survey, and examination of this equipment to extent deemed necessary by the attending Surveyor. Review of ABS Drilling System Database for approved changes made to the drilling system equipment, and examination of this equipment to the extent deemed necessary by the attending Surveyor. Exposed surfaces of the derrick, ladders, working/service platforms, arresting gear, drilling hoisting systems, lifting devices, burner booms, stabbing boards, racking boards/platforms and drilling equipment foundations are to be examined and placed in satisfactory condition, as found necessary. The inspection of the derrick and related structural members will include the following: a) b) c) The general condition of the structure, especially bent, missing or abraded parts and lost corrosion protection coatings. Tightness of bolts and the integrity of secondary retention mechanism where originally installed. Condition of wire ropes and fittings.
iv)
v)
Examination of all mounting hardware and the structure of base-mounted winches and other lifting devices. Magnetic Particle Inspection (MPI) may be carried out as deemed necessary by the attending Surveyor. General external examination so far as accessible of the drilling systems, subsystems, equipment and components as noted in the scope of 1/7.5 of this Guide for damage, excess corrosion, fracturing or malfunctions, etc. Protective covers, insulation, shrouds and protective guards around moving parts are to be found in place and in functional condition. Derrick walkways and ladders, drill floor and drill system machinery spaces to be surveyed with particular attention to fire and explosion hazards and confirmation that emergency escape routes are not blocked. External examination of pressure vessels and their appurtenances, including safety devices, foundations, controls, relieving gear, piping systems, flexible lines/hydraulic hoses, insulation and gauges. Examination of safety shutdown devices with functional testing as deemed necessary by the attending Surveyor. General examination of all electrical and instrumentation systems, including protective devices and cable supports. Examination of mud and cement systems.
vi)
vii) viii)
ix)
x) xi) xii)
151
Section
xiii) xiv)
Examination of the BOP stack, to the extent as practical, inclusive of choke and kill manifold, test log and maintenance records. Testing of the BOP equipment in accordance with API RP 53, or as required by local regulations: Pressure and functional testing Control system testing
xv)
Review BOP inspections and maintenance records in accordance with Section 17 (surface BOPs) and/or Section 18 (subsea BOPs) of API RP 53.
5.3
Special Periodical Surveys The Special Periodical Survey is to include all items listed under the Annual Survey, and, in addition, the following is to be carried out to the satisfaction of the attending Surveyor:
i) Review of Owner/Operators maintenance records to review and confirm that: a) b) Periodical testing requirements have been carried out, as applicable. Any repairs, replacements, reconditioning or renewals of well control systems/equipment, drilling support systems/equipment or support systems and equipment, as defined in the scope of this Guide, were carried out according to the applicable codes and standards and the requirements of this Guide.
ii) iii) iv) v) vi) vii) viii) ix) x)
Internal examination and/or thickness gauging of pressure vessels and pressure-retaining components, testing of relief valves and pressure piping systems, as considered necessary by the Surveyor. Hydrostatic testing of pressure vessels and other pressure-retaining components related to the drilling system to their MAWP. Hydrostatic testing of drilling system piping systems and flexible lines/hydraulic hoses to their MAWP. Examination and check of insulation resistance of motors that are part of the drilling system. Examination of rotating drilling machinery to verify suitable operation, free from excessive vibration. The blowout preventer is to be subjected to a complete performance test and pressure-tested to its MAWP. Examination of mud and cement pump fluid ends. Functional testing of derrick gear, drilling hoisting systems and derrick floor lifting devices. Close examination of the condition of welded joints on the derrick and associated structure, including nondestructive testing (including thickness gauging if required) of any suspect areas noted by the attending Surveyor. Examination of the equipment associated with the well control system and their maintenance records. Satisfactory functioning of the emergency power equipment to ensure proper operation. Retesting of lifting appliances in accordance with the load testing requirements of the applicable design codes and standards, such as API Spec 2C, ABS Lifting Appliances Guide, etc.
xi) xii) xiii)
5.5
Unscheduled Survey Upon notifications by the Owner/Operator, Surveyors attendance is required under the following conditions:
i) If the blind-shear or casing shear ram was activated in a well control situation, the Owner/Operator is to inform ABS of the BOP stack retrieval. ABS Surveyor is to be in attendance for the Owner/Operators inspection and testing of the retrieved BOP stack. When the Owner/Operator performs major MIT of the BOP stack, planned or unplanned, the Owner/Operator is to inform ABS of the MIT plans for the BOP stack, and these are to be performed under ABS Surveyors attendance.
ii)
152
Section
Alternatives to Periodical Survey (1 September 2012)

Alternative survey programs, as outlined below, can be implemented to achieve and complete the survey objectives as specified in 9/5.1 and 9/5.3. The alternative survey program is to be submitted by the Owner/Operator to ABS for review and approval.
7.1
Continuous Survey Program At the request of the Owner/Operator, and upon approval of the proposed arrangements, a system of Continuous Survey may be undertaken whereby the Special Periodical Survey requirements are carried out in regular rotations to complete all requirements of the particular Special Periodical Survey within a five-year period.
i) ii) iii) iv) v) vi) The completion date will be recorded to agree with the original due date of the cycle. If the Continuous Survey is completed prematurely but within three months prior to the due date, the Special Periodical Survey will be credited to agree with the effective due date. Each part (item) surveyed becomes due again for survey approximately five years from the date of the survey. For Continuous Surveys, a suitable notation will be entered in the Record and the date of completion of the cycle published. If any defects are found during the survey, they are to be dealt with to the satisfaction of the Surveyor. ABS reserves the right to authorize extensions of Rule-required Special Continuous Surveys under extreme circumstances.
7.3
Survey Based on Preventative Maintenance Techniques A properly conducted preventative maintenance/condition-monitoring plan may be credited as satisfying the requirements of Special Continuous Survey.
This plan must be in accordance with Appendix 7-A-14 Guide for Survey Based on Preventative Maintenance Techniques of the ABS Rules for Survey After Construction (Part 7).
7.5
Surveys Using Risk-based Techniques A properly conducted Risk-based Inspection plan or Reliability-centered Maintenance Plan may be credited as satisfying requirements of Special Continuous Survey.
The plan must be in accordance with the ABS Guide for Surveys Using Risk-based Inspection for the Offshore Industry or the ABS Guide for Surveys Based on Reliability-Centered Maintenance.
Modifications, Damage and Repairs

When it is intended to carry out any modifications to the machinery, piping, equipment, etc., which may affect Classification, the details of such modifications are to be submitted for approval and the work is to be carried out to the satisfaction of the Surveyor. i) ii) When a system certified with ABS has suffered any damage to machinery, piping or equipment, etc., which may affect Classification, ABS is to be notified and the damage inspected by a Surveyor. If a classed drilling system suffers any damage to its equipment, ABS is to be notified and the damage examined by a Surveyor. Details of intended repairs are to be submitted for approval, and the work is to be carried out to the satisfaction of the attending Surveyor. Where component parts suffer a premature or unexpected failure, and are subsequently repaired or replaced without Surveyor attendance, details of the failure, including the damaged parts where practicable, are to be retained onboard for examination by the Surveyor during the next scheduled survey/visit. Alternatively, the component(s) may be taken ashore for examination and testing, as required. If failures are deemed to be a result of inadequate or inappropriate maintenance, the DEMP is to be amended and resubmitted for approval.
153
iii)
iv)
Appendix 1: Typical Codes and Standards Related to ABS Classification of Drilling Systems
APPENDIX
Typical Codes and Standards Related to ABS Classification of Drilling Systems
(1 September 2012) The latest edition of the following codes and standards are applicable and referenced in this Guide. ABS is prepared to consider other appropriate alternative methods and recognized codes and standards. When alternate codes and/or standards are proposed, comparative analyses are to be provided to demonstrate equivalent level of safety to the recognized standards as listed in this Guide and are to be performed in accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide.
API
(1 September 2012) Bul 16J Comparison of Marine Drilling Riser Analysis

Bul 2INT-MET RP 2A-WSD Spec 2C RP 2X Std. 4A Spec 4F Spec 5D Spec 6A Spec 6AV1 Spec 7-1 Spec 7B-11C Spec 7F Spec 7K Spec 8A Spec 8C Spec 9A RP 9B Spec 12J Spec 12K RP 13C Spec 14A RP 14B Interim Guidance on Hurricane Conditions in the Gulf of Mexico Planning, Designing and Constructing Fixed Offshore Platforms Working Stress Design Offshore Pedestal Mounted Cranes Ultrasonic and Magnetic Examination of Offshore Structural Fabrication and Guidelines for Qualification of Technicians Steel Derricks Drilling and Well Servicing Structures Drill Pipe Wellhead and Christmas Tree Equipment Verification Test of Wellhead Surface Safety Valves and Underwater Safety Valves for Offshore Service Rotary Drill Stem Elements Internal Combustion Reciprocating Engines for Oil Field Service Oil-Field Chain and Sprockets Drilling and Well Servicing Equipment Drilling and Production Hoisting Equipment Drilling and Production Hoisting Equipment Wire Rope Application, Care, and Use of Wire Rope for Oil Field Service Oil and Gas Separators Indirect-type Oil-Field Heaters Recommended Practice on Drilling Fluids Processing Systems Evaluation Subsurface Safety Valve Equipment Design, Installation, Operation and Redress of Subsurface Safety Valve Systems
154
Appendix 1
RP 14C RP 14E RP 14F
Analysis, Design, Installation and Testing of Basic Surface Systems on Offshore Production Platforms Design and Installation of Offshore Production Platform Piping Systems Design and Installation of Electrical Systems for Fixed and Floating Offshore Petroleum Facilities for Unclassified and Class I, Division 1 and Division 2 Locations Design and Installation of Electrical Systems for Fixed and Floating Offshore Petroleum Facilities for Unclassified and Class I, Zone 0, Zone 1, and Zone 2 Locations Fire Prevention and Control on Fixed Open Type Offshore Production Platforms Design and Hazards Analysis for Offshore Production Facilities Drill Through Equipment Choke and Kill Systems Control Systems for Drilling Well Control Equipment and Control Systems for Diverter Equipment Marine Drilling Riser Equipment Design, Selection, Operation and Maintenance of Marine Drilling Riser Systems Marine Drilling Riser Couplings Specification for Drill Through Equipment Rotating Control Devices Design and Operation of Subsea Production Systems General Requirements and Recommendations (ISO 13628-1) Flexible Pipe Subsea Wellhead and Christmas Tree Equipment (ISO 13628-4) Subsea Production Control Umbilicals (ISO 13628-5) Subsea Production Control Systems (ISO 13628-6) Unbonded Flexible Pipe Bonded Flexible Pipe Design and Operation of Completion/Workover Riser Systems Remotely Operated Vehicles (ROV) Interfaces on Subsea Production Systems (ISO 13628-8) Blowout Prevention Equipment Systems for Drilling Operations Well Control Operations Diverter Systems Equipments and Operations Classification of Locations for Electrical Installations at Petroleum Facilities Classified as Class I, Division 1 and Division 2 Classification of Locations for Electrical Installations at Petroleum Facilities Classified as Class I, Zone 0, Zone 1 and Zone 2 Sizing, Selection, and Installation of Pressure-Relieving Systems in Refineries, Part I Sizing and Selection Pressure Relieving and Depressuring Systems Centrifugal Pumps for Petroleum, Petrochemical and Natural Gas Industries Venting Atmospheric and Low-Pressure Storage Tanks Protection Against Ignitions Arising Out of Static, Lightning and Stray Contents
155
RP 14FZ
RP 14G RP 14J Spec 16A Spec 16C Spec 16D Spec 16F RP 16Q Spec 16R RP 16RCD RP 17A RP 17B Spec 17D Spec 17E Spec 17F Spec 17J Spec 17K RP 17G RP 17H RP 53 RP 59 RP 64 RP 500 RP 505 Std. 520 Std. 521 Std. 610 Std. 2000 RP 2003
Appendix 1
ASME (1 September 2012) B31.3 Process Piping

Section V Section VIII, Div. 1 Section VIII, Div. 2 Section IX Section X Nondestructive Examination Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels Alternative Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels Qualification Standard for Welding and Brazing Procedures, Welders, Brazers, and Welding and Brazing Operators Fiber-Reinforced Plastic Pressure Vessels
ASNT (1 September 2012) SNT-TC-1A Personnel Qualification and Certification of Nondestructive Testing ASTM (1 September 2012) A143 Standard Practice for Safeguarding Against Embrittlement of Hot-Dip Galvanized Structural Steel Products and Procedure for Detecting Embrittlement
A153 A384 A385 A388 E8 E10 E18 E92 E94 E165 E186 E280 E428 E446 E609 E709 Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware Standard Practice for Safeguarding Against Warpage and Distortion During HotDip Galvanizing of Steel Assemblies Standard Practice for Providing High-Quality Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) Standard Practice for Ultrasonic Examination of Heavy Steel Forgings Standard Test Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials Standard Test Methods for Brinell Hardness of Metallic Materials Standard Test Methods for Rockwell Hardness and Rockwell Superficial Hardness of Metallic Materials Standard Test Method for Vickers Hardness of Metallic Materials Standard Guide for Radiographic Testing Standard Practice for Liquid Penetrant Inspection Standard Reference Radiographs for Heavy Walled (2 to 4.5 in.) (51 to 114 mm) Steel Castings Standard Reference Radiographs for (4.5 to 12 in.) (114 to 305 mm) Steel Castings Standard Practice for Fabrication and Control of Steel Reference Blocks Used in Ultrasonic Inspection Standard Reference Radiographs for Steel Castings up to 2 in. in Thickness Standard Practice for Casting, Carbon, Low-Alloy, and Martensitic Stainless Steel, Ultrasonic Examination Thereof Standard Recommended Practice for Magnetic Particle Examination Structural Welding Code Steel
AWS
D1.1
BCSA (1 September 2012) Publication No. 40/05 Galvanizing Structural Steelwork An Approach to the Management of Liquid Metal Assisted Cracking
156
Appendix 1
EN
(1 September 2012) 473 / ISO 9712 Non-destructive testing Qualifications and certification of NDT personnel General principles
61508 Functional Safety of Electrical/Electronic/Programmable Electronic Safety-Related Systems, Part 1 - 6 Guide for High Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on Symmetrical Current Basis Designated Definite Purpose for Fast Transient Recovery Voltage Rise Times 4.76 kV to 38 kV Rated Ground and Test Devices Used in Enclosures Recommended Practice for Electrical Installations on Shipboard Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Recommended Practice for Protection and Coordination of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems
IEC
IEEE
C37.06.1 C37.20.6 Std. 45 Std. 142 Std. 242
ISO
(1 September 2012) 9712 Non-destructive testing Qualifications and certification of NDT personnel General principles
19901-1 Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries Specific requirements for offshore structures Part 1: Metocean design and operating considerations-First Edition Materials for use in H2S containing environment in oil and gas production
NACE
MR 0175/ISO 15156
NFPA (1 September 2012) 37 Standard for the Installation and Use of Stationary Combustion Engines and Gas Turbines
70 496 National Electrical Code Standard for Purged and Pressurized Enclosures for Electrical Equipment Hydraulic Hoses
SAE
J517
157
Appendix 2: Example of Manufacturers Affidavit of Compliance (MAC)
APPENDIX
Example of Manufacturers Affidavit of Compliance (MAC)
The following is an example of Manufacturers Affidavit of Compliance (MAC), issued in accordance with Section 4, Table 1. The contents of the MAC are to be specific to the manufacturers equipment or components and the respective design and manufacturing parameters.
158
Appendix 2
Example of Manufacturers Affidavit of Compliance (MAC)
ABC Manufacturing Company

12345 Street Avenue City, State, [Zip Code/Postal Code] Country Date: Jan 01, 2011
MANUFACTURERS AFFIDAVIT OF COMPLIANCE

Manufacturer & Address : ABC Manufacturing Company : 12345 Street Avenue City, State (Zip Code) : XYZ Drilling Corporation 12345 Street Avenue City, State (Zip Code) : AAA-12345 : Ram Assembly 5 18-15M : : XXX-YYY :
Customer & Address
Customer PO# Description of Equipment Equipment Model Number Equipment Part/Serial Number Date of Manufacturing
Equipment Pressure Rating or Load Rating Equipment Test Pressure or Test Load
EXAMPLE
: : :
Temperature Rating:
(min / max) C
Date of Pressure Test or Load Test
Code(s), Standard(s) or Specification(s) Applied :
(list all applicable)
This affidavit is prepared by the undersigned, authorized representative of the manufacturer, to certify that the equipment described above and supplied for this order is in full compliance with respect to the design, assembly, manufacture, and testing of the equipment in accordance with the referenced code(s), standard(s) or specification(s), and is suitable for the intended use in accordance with the referenced design parameters. This affidavit is prepared by the undersigned, authorized representative of the manufacturer, to certify that the equipment described above is in compliance with the requirements of the ABS Guide for the Classification of Drilling Systems, and is enclosed as part of the equipment delivery/shipment documents.
Signature Name : Title : Date :
159
Appendix 3: Example of Independent Review Certificate (IRC)
APPENDIX
Example of Independent Review Certificate (IRC)
The following is an example of ABS Independent Review Certificate (IRC), issued in accordance with Section 4, Table 1. The contents of the IRC and associated CoC are to be specific to the equipment and its respective design parameters and approval.
160
Appendix 3
AMERICAN BUREAU OF SHIPPING INDEPENDENT REVIEW CERTIFICATE

IRC No.:_________________________ ABS OPN/PID: Issuance Date: _____________________________ Revalidation Date: __________________________
This is to certify that the design plans and data for the manufacture of the equipment listed below have
been reviewed and found to be in compliance with the specified codes, standards, or specifications, and the ABS Guide for the Classification of Drilling Systems. Manufacturer & Address : ABC Manufacturing Company : 12345 Street Avenue City, State (Zip Code) : Ram Assembly 5 18-15M :
Description of Equipment Equipment Model No. Equipment Part. Date of Manufacturing
Equipment Design Conditions:
EXAMPLE
: Jan 01, 2011
: : : : (min / max) O C
: XXX-YYY
Maximum Rated Working Pressure : Hydrostatic Test Pressure Design Temperature Service Condition Operator Rated Working Pressure
Codes, Standards, or Specifications
: API 16A
Drawing and documentation, as per attached list.

By:
ABS Engineer Principal Engineer Offshore Engineering Department Machinery Group

This certificate is a representation that the structure, item of material, equipment, machinery or other item covered by this certificate has met one or more of the Rules, Guides standards or other criteria of ABS or of a National Administration and is issued solely for use by ABS, its committees, its clients or other authorized entities. The validity, applicability and interpretation of this certificate is governed by the Rules and Standards of ABS, and ABS shall remain the sole judge thereof. Nothing contained in this certificate or in any notation made in contemplation of this certificate shall be deemed to relieve any designer, builder, owner, manufacturer, seller, repairer, operator or other entity of any warranty express or implied.
161
Appendix 3
AMERICAN BUREAU OF SHIPPING INDEPENDENT REVIEW CERTIFICATE

DRAWING AND DOCUMENTATION LIST
Attachment to ABS Independent Review Certificate (HOE-XXXXXX/2010)
ABS OPN/PID:
Date:
Manufacturer
: ABC Manufacturing Company : 12345 Street Avenue City, State (Zip Code) : Ram Assembly 5 18-15M : : XXX-YYY : Jan 01, 2011
DRAWING AND DOCUMENTATION LIST
Description of Equipment Equipment Model No. Equipment Part No. Date of Manufacturing
Drawing No.
EXAMPLE
Rev. Drawing Title
RELATED CORRESPONDENCE:
IRC No: HOE-XXXXXX/2009
This certificate is a representation that the structure, item of material, equipment, machinery or other item covered by this certificate has met one or more of the Rules, Guides standards or other criteria of ABS or of a National Administration and is issued solely for use by ABS, its committees, its clients or other authorized entities. The validity, applicability and interpretation of this certificate is governed by the Rules and Standards of ABS, and ABS shall remain the sole judge thereof. Nothing contained in this certificate or in any notation made in contemplation of this certificate shall be deemed to relieve any designer, builder, owner, manufacturer, seller, repairer, operator or other entity of any warranty express or implied.
162
Appendix 4: Example of Certificate of Conformity (CoC)
APPENDIX
Example of Certificate of Conformity (CoC)
The following is an example of ABS Certificate of Conformity (CoC), issued in accordance with Section 4, Table 1. The contents of the IRC and associated CoC are to be specific to the equipment and its respective design parameters and approval.
163
Appendix 4
Example of Certificate of Conformity (CoC)
AMERICAN BUREAU OF SHIPPING CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY

Certificate No.: ABS OPN/PID: _______________ Date: ________________________ with the ABS Guide for the Classification of Drilling Systems. Manufacturer & Address Independent Review Certificate (IRC) IRC No.: ____________________ Issuance Date: _______________
This is to certify that the undersigned Surveyor has surveyed the following equipment in accordance
: ABC Manufacturing Company : 12345 Street Avenue City, State (Zip Code) : Ram Assembly 5 18-15M ________________________________________________________ :
Description of Equipment Equipment Model No. Equipment Part/Serial No. Date of Survey
Equipment Design Conditions:
Maximum Rated Working Pressure/Load : Service Condition :
EXAMPLE
: Jan 01, 2011 :
: XXX-YYY
Design Temperature: H 2 S (yes / no)
(min / max) C
Equipment Design Code or Standard
Scope of Survey: _________________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________
Equipment Testing, as applicable:

Test Pressure / Load : Gage Number : Hold Time : Temperature : Calibration Date :
Drawing or Documentation : _______________________________________________________________

Port of Issue : ___________________________________ Issued by : ___________________________________ ABS Surveyor _______________________________________ Signature
This Certificate evidences compliance with one or more of the Rules, guides, standards or other criteria of ABS and is issued solely for the use of ABS, its committees, its clients or other authorized entities. This Certificate is a representation only that the structure, item of material, equipment, machinery or any other item covered by this Certificate has met one or more of the Rules, guides, standards or other criteria of ABS as of the date of issue. Parties are advised to review the Rules for the scope and conditions of classification and to review the survey records for a fuller description of any restrictions or limitations on the vessel's service or surveys. The validity, applicability and interpretation of this Certificate are governed by the Rules and standards of ABS, and ABS shall remain the sole judge thereof. Nothing contained in this Certificate or in any notation made in contemplation of this Certificate shall be deemed to relieve any designer, builder, owner, manufacturer, seller, supplier, repairer, operator or other entity or any warranty express or implied.
164
Appendix 5: Example of Survey Report (SR)
APPENDIX
Example of Survey Report (SR) (1 September 2012)
The following is an example of ABS Survey Report (AB Report Vendor), issued in accordance with Section 4, Table 1. The contents of the Survey Report are to be specific to the equipment and its respective design parameters and approval.
165
Appendix 5
Example of Survey Report (SR)
AMERICAN BUREAU OF SHIPPING
Customer Name: Attending Office: First Visit Date:
ABC MANUFACTURING COMPANY City, State (Zip Code) January 02, 2012
Purchase Order No.: Report Number: Last Visit Date:
12345678 HS1234567 February 02, 2012
Certification Of: Manufacturer:
Bonnet Assembly ABC MANUFACTURING COMPANY 12345 Street Avenue City, State (Zip Code) ABC MANUFACTURING COMPANY Serial No.: XY-11111-01
Quantity: One (1)
Survey Location: Equipment Data:
following survey and report as follows:
This is to Certify that the undersigned surveyor(s) to this Bureau did, at the request of the customer, carry out the
EXAMPLE
Surveyor(s) to The American Bureau of Shipping Attending Surveyors Last Name, First Name Reviewed By: ________________________________________ ________________________________________
NOTE: This report evidences that the survey reported herein was carried out in compliance with one or more of the Rules, guides, standards or other criteria of ABS and is issued solely for the use of ABS, its committees, its clients or other authorized entities. This Report is a representation only that the vessel, structure, item or material equipment, machinery or any other item covered by this Report has been examined for compliance with, or has met one or more of the Rules, guides, standards or other criteria of American Bureau of Shipping. The validity, applicability and interpretation of this report are governed by the Rules and standards of ABS, and ABS shall remain the sole judge thereof. Nothing contained in this Report or in any notation made in the contemplation of this Report shall be deemed to relieve any designer, builder, owner, manufacturer, seller, supplier, repairer, operator or other entity of any warranty express or implied.
AB Report Vendor
166
Appendix 6: Example Maintenance Release Note (MRN)
APPENDIX
Example Maintenance Release Note (MRN)

Report Number: Port of: Date: P.O. No.: HS03179 Houston Jan 01, 2011 AA-BB-CCC
Owner: Address: Name of Drilling Unit: ABS OPN/VID: Supplier & Location:
XYZ Drilling Corporation XYZ-001 0123456 Drilling Rig Equipment Inc. Houston, Texas
ABS CLASSED DRILLING SYSTEM COMPONENT MAINTENANCE RELEASE NOTE

This is to certify that the undersigned Surveyor to this Bureau, did at the request of the Client, carry out an examination of the below stated drilling system component in accordance with ABS Guide for the Classification of Drilling Systems and other below stated standards. The component(s) was(were) examined, pressure-tested (as applicable), its function and shutdowns, as fitted, were tested, its maintenance records and documentation package including the nondestructive examination records (as applicable) were reviewed, and considered satisfactory subject to installation on board the above noted drilling unit.
The undersigned recommends that this report be considered as contributing towards demonstration of compliance with the ABS Guide for Classification of Drilling Systems subject to the reservations contained in this report (if any). The component(s) will be re-examined to extent deemed necessary by the attending ABS Surveyor at time of next due periodical survey of the drilling unit Description of drilling system component Codes, standards, or specifications Details of survey : : :
EXAMPLE
_______________________ ABS Surveyor

NOTE: This Certificate evidences compliance with one or more of the Rules, Guides, standards or other criteria of ABS and is issued solely for the use of ABS, its committees, its clients or other authorized entities. This Certificate is a representation only that the structure, item of material, equipment, machinery or any other item covered by this Certificate has met one or more of the Rules, Guides, standards or other criteria of ABS as of the date of issue. Parties are advised to review the Rules for the scope and conditions of classification and to review the survey records for a fuller description of any restrictions or limitation on the vessels service or surveys. The validity, applicability and interpretation of this Certificate are governed by the Rules and standards of ABS, and ABS shall remain the sole judge thereof. Nothing contained in this Certificate or in any notation made in contemplation of this Certificate shall be deemed to relieve any designer, builder, owner, manufacturer, seller, supplier, repairer, operator or other entity or any warranty express or implied.
167

ABS Guide For The Certification of Drilling Systems 2012

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

ABS Guide For The Certification of Drilling Systems 2012

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Guide for the Classification of Drilling Systems

GUIDE FOR THE

CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS

Foreword (1 September 2012)

ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012

ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012

Appendix 4 Appendix 5 Appendix 6

ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012

GUIDE FOR THE

CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS

Suspension and Cancellation of Class ............................................... 3

Class Notation ..................................................................................... 4

Rules for Classification ....................................................................... 4

Other Regulations ............................................................................... 7

ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012

Design of Drilling Systems .................................................................. 23 1 Design of Drilling System ..................................................................23

Design Specifications........................................................................ 24 Design Considerations ...................................................................... 25

Design Plans and Data .....................................................................28

Marine Drilling Riser System............................................................. 62

Conductor Tensioning System .......................................................... 66

Drill String Compensation System .................................................... 66

Bulk Storage, Circulation and Transfer Systems .............................. 67

Hoisting, Lifting, Rotating and Handling Systems ............................. 70

Well Test System .............................................................................. 84

Control Systems ................................................................................ 86

Pressure-Retaining Equipment ......................................................... 89

Electrical Systems and Equipment ................................................... 90 Rotating Machinery ........................................................................... 90

Skid Mounted Equipment .................................................................. 91

ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012

Approval Codes for Drilling Systems and Equipment ............. 98

Welding and NDE ...........................................................................127

Materials for Structural Load-Bearing Components ....................... 129

Materials for Mechanical Load-Bearing Components ..................... 131

Materials for Pressure-Retaining Equipment and Piping Components .................................................................................... 132

Fabrication Considerations ............................................................. 133

Primary Product Form .....................................................................133

ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012

Sealing Materials ............................................................................ 134

Materials and Traceability ............................................................... 134

Welding and Nondestructive Examination ....................................... 136 1 General ........................................................................................... 136

Specifications .................................................................................. 136

Record Retention ............................................................................ 140

Onboard Surveys During Installation .............................................. 144

Commissioning Surveys of the Drilling Systems ............................ 147

ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012

Alternatives to Periodical Survey .................................................... 153

Modifications, Damage and Repairs ...............................................153

ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012

Section 1: Scope and Conditions of Classification

Scope and Conditions of Classification

ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012

Scope and Conditions of Classification

ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012

Scope and Conditions of Classification

Suspension and Cancellation of Class

ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012

Scope and Conditions of Classification

Rules for Classification

Scope and Conditions of Classification

Effective Date of Change of Requirement

Marine Drilling Riser System and Associated Components

ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012

Scope and Conditions of Classification